WO1996010015A1 - Cryptolepine analogs with hypoglycemic activity - Google Patents

Cryptolepine analogs with hypoglycemic activity Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO1996010015A1
WO1996010015A1 PCT/US1995/012504 US9512504W WO9610015A1 WO 1996010015 A1 WO1996010015 A1 WO 1996010015A1 US 9512504 W US9512504 W US 9512504W WO 9610015 A1 WO9610015 A1 WO 9610015A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
alkyl
phenyl
fluoro
methylquindolinium
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US1995/012504
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Donald E. Bierer
Original Assignee
Shaman Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US08/314,188 external-priority patent/US5917052A/en
Priority claimed from US08/484,424 external-priority patent/US5681958A/en
Application filed by Shaman Pharmaceuticals, Inc. filed Critical Shaman Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Priority to AU37318/95A priority Critical patent/AU3731895A/en
Publication of WO1996010015A1 publication Critical patent/WO1996010015A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7004—Monosaccharides having only carbon, hydrogen and oxygen atoms
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/47—Quinolines; Isoquinolines
    • A61K31/475—Quinolines; Isoquinolines having an indole ring, e.g. yohimbine, reserpine, strychnine, vinblastine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/64—Sulfonylureas, e.g. glibenclamide, tolbutamide, chlorpropamide
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains three hetero rings
    • C07D471/16—Peri-condensed systems

Definitions

  • This invention pertains to a novel group of cryptolepine analogs that are useful as hypoglycemic agents and useful for the treatment of diabetes mellitus, and pertains to a new synthetic process to obtain the novel cryptolepine analogs.
  • Cryptolepine (I) a member of the guindoline family of alkaloids, is among a rare class of natural products whose synthesis was reported prior to its isolation from nature.
  • Cryptolepine (I) as its hydrogen iodide salt was first synthesized in 1906 by Fichter and Boehringer [Fichter,
  • the cryptolepine analogs of (I) described above were prepared by alkylation with methyl iodide, ethyl iodide or di ethylsulphate. These procedures require the use of high temperatures, long reaction times and/or the use of high pressure vessels to effect alkylation. These procedures are highly impractical for scale-up purposes and lead to decomposition when the cryptolepine nucleus is functionalized with a variety of groups.
  • Quindoline (II) had previously been prepared from indigo upon action with base in the presence of a reducing agent followed by decarboxylation with sodium amalgam, and had also been prepared from indigo white in the presence of barium hydroxide and zinc [(1) Giraud, E. Compt . Rend. 1879, 89 , 104; (2) Giraud, E. Compt . Rend . 1880, 90 , 1429; (3) Schutzenberger, P. Compt. Rend. 1877, 85 , 147].
  • Cryptolepis sanguinolenta has been widely used in folk medicine for the treatment of malaria, gonorrhoea, and hypertension.
  • the antimalarial activity of Cryptolepis roots is linked to the presence of cryptolepine.
  • a 1938 study showed a marked and protracted hypotensive response in vasectomized dogs after i. v. administration of cryptolepine [Raymond-Hamet, C. , C. R.Acad . Sci . , 1938, 208 , 105].
  • 5-Methylquindolinium chloride [chloride salt of cryptolepine (I)], 7-nitro-5-methylquindolinium chloride, 7-amino-5-methylquindolinium chloride, ll-amino-5- methylquindolinium chloride, and ll-carboxy-5- methylquindolinium chloride were evaluated for use as antimalarial and antibacterial agents.
  • ll-amino-5-methylquindolinium chloride showed marginal activity against T. congolense , and 7-amino-
  • 5-methylquindolinium chloride and li-amino-5- methylquindolinium chloride had antibacterial activity against E. coli and S . aureus [Holt, S. J. ; Petrow, V. J.
  • Cryptolepine was found to possess high anti-Candida activity as well as pronounced activity against Gram- positive bacteria. Additionally, weak activity against some Gram-negative bacteria but no antiviral activity was observed
  • the present invention provides novel cryptolepine analogs, as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, having hypoglycemic activity or having activity as agents to lower triglyceride levels, for example in diabetic subjects, and a process to prepare the novel cryptolepine analogs.
  • the invention provides cryptolepine compounds having formula III:
  • R,, R j , R 3 and R ⁇ are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, nitro, S0 3 H, COOR, 2 , OR , NHR, 3 , phenyl, a C,-C, 0 alkyl group, a C,-C 10 alkenyl group and a C ⁇ -C 10 alkynyl group; said phenyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C 6 alkyl, and phenyl; said C,-C, 0 alkyl, C,-C, 0 alkenyl and C,-C 10 alkynyl groups being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of C,-C 6 alkyl and phenyl;
  • Rj is selected from the group consisting of C,-C 10 alkyl, C,-C, 0 alkenyl or C,-C 10 alkynyl groups, C,-C 6 cycloalkyl and phenylmethyl; said C,-C 10 alkyl, C,-C, 0 alkenyl and C,-C, 0 alkynyl groups being optionally substituted with one or more groups consisting of halogen, amino, methylamino, dimethylamino, trimethylamino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, phenoxy, phenyl and C,-C 0 alkyl; said C,-C 6 cycloalkyl group being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, phenyl, and C,-C 6 alkyl; said phenylmethyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, dimethylamino, hydroxy, methoxy
  • R u is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, azide, cyano, COOR 12 , OR, 3 , NHR, 3 , SR I3 , phenyl, optionally substituted phenyl, a C,-C 10 alkyl group, a C,-C 10 alkenyl group or a C,-C, 0 alkynyl group; said phenyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C 0 alkyl, or phenyl; said C,-C l0 alkyl group, C,-C l0 alkenyl group or a C,-C l0 alkynyl groups being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, mercapto, mercapto ethyl, cyano, NH 2 , alkyl
  • novel cryptolepine analogs of Formula III are useful as hypoglycemic agents.
  • the invention further provides cryptolepine compounds having formula IV: X "
  • R,, R 2 , R 3 and R * are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, nitro, S0 3 H, COOR, 2 , OR 13 , NHR,j, phenyl, a C,-C I0 alkyl group, a C,-C, 0 alkenyl group and a C,-C 10 alkynyl group; said phenyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C 6 alkyl, and phenyl; said C,-C 10 alkyl, C,-C, 0 alkenyl and C,-C 10 alkynyl groups being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of C,-C 6 alkyl and phenyl;
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of C,-C 10 alkyl, C,-C, 0 alkenyl or C,-C, 0 alkynyl groups, C,-C 6 cycloalkyl, and phenylmethyl; said C,-C I0 alkyl, C,-C, 0 alkenyl and C,- C, 0 alkynyl groups being optionally substituted with one or more groups consisting of halogen, amino, methylamino, dimethylamino, trimethylamino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, phenoxy, phenyl and C,-C 6 alkyl; said C,-C 0 cycloalkyl group being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, phenyl, and C,-C 6 alkyl; said phenylmethyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, dimethylamino, hydroxy
  • R u is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, azide, cyano, COOR 12 , OR, 3 , NHR, 3 , SR, 3 , phenyl, a C,-C 10 alkyl group, a C,-C 10 alkenyl group and a C,-C, 0 alkynyl group; said phenyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C 0 alkyl, and phenyl; said C,-C, 0 alkyl group, C,-C I0 alkenyl group and C,-C, 0 alkynyl groups being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, mercapto, mercaptomethyl, cyano, NH 2 , alkylammonium, dialkylammonium, trialkylammoni
  • R 12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and a C,-C 6 alkyl group; said C t -C 0 alkyl group being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of phenyl and C,-C 3 alkyl; each R 13 is. selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, phenyl and a C,-C 6 alkyl group; said C,-C 6 alkyl group being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of phenyl and C,-C 3 alkyl; said phenyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, methoxy, ethoxy, hydroxy, amino, and C,-C 6 alkyl;
  • X is selected from the group consisting of acetate, iodide, chloride, bromide, fluoride, hydroxide, sulfate, hydrogensulfate, methanesulfonate, trifluoro ethanesulfonate, toluenesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, phosphate, hydrogenphosphate, dihydrogenphosphate, succinate, ascorbate, tartrate, gluconate, benzoate, alate, fumarate, and citrate; with the proviso that when R 1 -R 4 , 6 - and R restroom are H,
  • R j does not equal CH 3 or CH 2 CH 3 ; and with the further proviso that the compound of Formula IV is not selected from the group consisting of:
  • R R 2 , R 3 , R ⁇ , Rj, R ⁇ , R 7 , R 8 , R,, R M and X' are defined as defined for compounds of formula IV. It is to be understood that compounds of Formula IV and Formula V are equivalent in biological function and activity when R,-Ro, R M and X" in compounds of Formula IV are the same as R,-Ro, R ⁇ and X' in compounds of Formula V.
  • the cryptolepine analogs of Formula IV are useful as hypoglycemic agents.
  • R,, Rj, R 3 and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, nitro, so 3 H, COOR l2 , OR 13 , NHR, 3 , phenyl, a C,-C, 0 alkyl group, a C,-C, 0 alkenyl group and a C,-C 10 alkynyl group; said phenyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C 6 alkyl, and phenyl; said C,-C, 0 alkyl, C,-C, 0 alkenyl and C,-C 10 alkynyl groups being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of C,-C 6 alkyl and phenyl;
  • R 7 , R 8 and R 9 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, nitro, S0 3 H, COOR, 2 , OR 13 , NHR l3 , SR 13 , phenyl, a C ⁇ -C, 0 alkyl group, a C,-C, 0 alkenyl group and a C,-C 10 alkynyl group; said phenyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C 6 alkyl, and phenyl; said C,-C I0 alkyl group, C,-C, 0 alkenyl group and C,-C j0 alkynyl groups being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of C,-C 6 alkyl and phenyl;
  • R Thallium is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, azide, cyano, COOR, 2 , 0R, 3 , NHR, 3 , SR l3 , phenyl, optionally substituted phenyl, a C,-C, 0 alkyl group, a C,-C ⁇ 0 alkenyl group and a C,-C 10 alkynyl group; said phenyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C 6 alkyl, and phenyl; said C,-C I0 alkyl group, C,-C 10 alkenyl group and a C,-C 10 alkynyl groups being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, mercapto, mercaptomethyl, cyano, NH 2 , alkylammonium
  • R, 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and a C,-C 0 alkyl group; said C,-C 6 alkyl group being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of phenyl and C,-C 3 alkyl;
  • R 13 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, phenyl and a C,-C 6 alkyl group; said C,-C 6 alkyl group being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of phenyl and C,-C 3 alkyl; said phenyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, methoxy, ethoxy, hydroxy, amino, and C,-C 6 alkyl;
  • X' is selected from the group consisting of acetate, iodide, chloride, bromide, fluoride, hydroxide, sulfate, hydrogensulfate, methanesulfonate, trifluoromethanesulfonate, toluenesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, phosphate, hydrogenphosphate, dihydrogenphosphate, succinate, ascorbate, tartrate, gluconate, benzoate, malate, fumarate, and citrate;
  • R 44 is selected from the group consisting of oxygen, C,-C, 0 alkyl, C,-C, 0 alkenyl or C,-C, 0 alkynyl groups, C,-C 6 cycloalkyl, and phenylmethyl; said C,-C 10 alkyl, C,-C 10 alkenyl and C,-C 10 alkynyl groups being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, methylamino, dimethylamino, trimethylamino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, phenoxy, phenyl and C,-C 0 alkyl; said C,-C 6 cycloalkyl group being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, phenyl, and C,-C 6 alkyl; said phenylmethyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, dimethylamino
  • A is selected from the group consisting of O, S, CH 2 , SO, or S0 2 ; and with the proviso that when R 1 -R, R o -Ro and R n is H, u is not oxygen.
  • the cryptolepine analogs of the Formula VI are useful as hypoglycemic agents.
  • the invention still further provides for a method of synthesizing novel cryptolepine analogs, comprising the step of alkylating a compound of Formula VII:
  • R,, Rj, R 3 and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, nitro, S0 3 H, COOR, 2 , OR 13 , NHR, 3 , phenyl, a C,-C 10 alkyl group, a C,-C 10 alkenyl group and a C,-C, 0 alkynyl group; said phenyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C 6 alkyl, and phenyl; said C,-C, 0 alkyl, C,-C, 0 alkenyl and C,-C, 0 alkynyl groups being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of C,-C 6 alkyl and phenyl;
  • R o , R 7 , R 8 and R 9 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, nitro, S0 3 H, COOR 12 , OR ⁇ 3 , NHR, 3 , SR 13 , phenyl, a C,-C, 0 alkyl group, a C,-C, 0 alkenyl group and a C,-C 10 alkynyl group; said phenyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C 6 alkyl, and phenyl; said C,-C, 0 alkyl group, 0,-0, 0 alkenyl group and C j -C, 0 alkynyl groups being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of C,-C 6 alkyl and phenyl; R tile is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, azide, cyano
  • R, 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and a C,-C 6 alkyl group; said C,-C 6 alkyl group being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of phenyl and C,-C 3 alkyl;
  • R, 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, phenyl and a C,-C 6 alkyl group; said C,-C 0 alkyl group being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of phenyl and C,-C 3 alkyl; said phenyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, methoxy, ethoxy, hydroxy, amino, and C,-C 6 alkyl;
  • B is selected from the group consisting of 0, S, CH 2 , SO, or S0 2 , or NR, 0 ;
  • R,o is selected from the group consisting of methyl and hydrogen; with methyl trifluoromethanesulfonate to afford a cryptolepine analog having hypoglycemic activity.
  • Preferred cryptolepine analogs of the present invention useful as hypoglycemic agents are:
  • Especially preferred cryptolepine analogs of the present invention useful as hypoglycemic agents are:
  • Fig. 1 is a flow chart describing a general preparation of cryptolepines of Formulae III and IV from isatins and indolines.
  • Fig. 2 is a flow chart describing a general preparation of cryptolepines of Formulae III and IV from nitrobenzaldehydes and indolines.
  • Fig. 3 is a flow chart describing a general preparation of indolines from benzoic acids.
  • R ⁇ -Ro are defined above in Section 3.
  • Fig. 4 is a flow chart describing a general preparation of cryptolepines of Formulae III and IV from anthranilic acids.
  • R 1 - , and R ⁇ are defined above in Section 3; W 3 - Br and Cl; W 4 » Cl, Br and I.
  • Fig. 5 is a flow chart describing a general preparation of cryptolepines of Formula IV from quindolines of Formula VII. 1 -R 4 , R ⁇ -Ro and R ⁇ are defined above in Section 3; W 4 - Cl, Br and I; W s « Cl, Br, I, OS0 2 Me and OS0 2 CF 3 ; W 6 « Cl, Br, I, 0S0 2 Me and OS0 2 CF 3 .
  • Fig. 6 is part l of a flow chart describing a general preparation of cryptolepine analogs of Formula VI.
  • Fig. 7 is an additional flow chart describing a general preparation of cryptolepine analogs of Formula VI.
  • Fig. 8 is a flow chart describing a general preparation of cryptolepine analogs of Formulae III, IV and VI from cryptolepine analogs of Formulae IV and VI.
  • I - I , R o - R, Ru 44 , A and X ' are defined above in Section 3;
  • W 4 Cl, I 5 Br and I;
  • W 0 Cl, Br, I, OSOjMe and 0S0 2 CF 3 .
  • Fig. 9 is a flow chart describing a general preparation of 11-substituted cryptolepine analogs.
  • a substituted isatin 1 is treated with a substituted indoline 2 in the presence of a base to give quindoline carboxylic acid 3.
  • bases include potassium hydroxide and sodium hydroxide.
  • the reaction is conducted in an inert atmosphere. Decarboxylation of 3 in a high boiling solvent, preferably diphenyl ether, provides quindoline 4.
  • the free base of Formula IV can be prepared by treatment of the compound of Formula IV with base, preferably with an aqueous solution of Na 2 C0 3 , K 2 C0 3 , KOH, or NaOH, to provide cryptolepines of Formula III.
  • the conversion of cryptolepines of Formula IV into cryptolepines of Formula III is most preferably achieved by adsorbing the quindolinium salt of Formula IV onto a solid basic support such as Na 2 C0 3 , pouring the adsorbate on a column of basic alumina or any other basic solid phase support column and eluting with a polar organic solvent system, preferably ethanol-free chloroform, to remove any quindoline 4 impurities; elution with ethanol-chloroform (0.5-5% methanol- chloroform) provides cryptolepines of Formula III.
  • Quindoline precursors 4 necessary for the preparation of cryptolepine analogs of Formulae III and IV can also be prepared by other methods.
  • a suitably substituted anthranilic acid derivative may be condensed with an analogously substituted hydroxyindole in the presence of Ba(OH) 2 , followed by decarboxylation in the presence of potassium hydroxide and zinc or sodium amalgam to give substituted quindolines 4 [(1) Giraud, E. Compt . Rend .
  • a substituted l,2-(o-nitrophenyl)-l- cyanoethane can be heated in the presence of ammonium sulfide in alcohol to obtain substituted quindoline precursors 4
  • Substituted quindolines 4 can also be obtained from substituted bis(o-nitrobenzyl)malonate which, after decarboxylation with alkali, can be heated in the presence of
  • Nitro and amino quindolines 4 can be prepared using literature methods [(1) Giraud, E. Compt . Rend . 1880, 90 ,
  • Cryptolepines of Formulae III and IV can also be prepared as described in Fig. 2 from suitably substituted nitrobenzaldehydes and suitably substituted indolines.
  • the condensation of substituted indolines 5 with substituted nitrobenzaldehydes 6 is carried out in a nonpolar organic solvent, preferably benzene or toluene, in the presence of a catalytic amount of base, preferably an organic amine base and most preferably piperidine, providing quindoline precursor 7 [Merour, J. Y.; Coadou, J. Y.; Tatibouet, F. Synthesis 1982, 1053].
  • the conversion of 6 to 7 is performed in an inert atmosphere. Hydrogenation of 7 provides quindolines 8.
  • Alkylation of quindolines 8, as described above for the alkylation of quindolines 4, provides the quindolinium iodides of Formula IV.
  • the conversion of cryptolepines of Formula IV into cryptolepines of Formula III is performed
  • the requisite indolines 1 and 5 used for the preparation of cryptolepines of Formulae III and IV described in Figs. 1 and 2 can be obtained commercially or obtained by synthesis using the general description shown in Fig. 3 from modified literature procedures [ (1) Merour, J. Y.; Coadou, J. Y.; Tatibouet, F. Synthesis 1982, 1053; (2) Nenitzescu, C. D.; Raileanu, D. Chem. Ber. 1958, 91 , 1141].
  • Suitably substituted bromobenzoic acids 9 are condensed with glycine to provide anthranilic acids 11, preferably in the presence of CuBr catalyst.
  • the conversion of 9 and 10 to 11, is preferably carried out in the presence of a base, preferably a member of the alkali metal or alkaline earth hydroxides, hydrogen carbonates or carbonates, and most preferably KOH or K 2 C0 3 as base.
  • a base preferably a member of the alkali metal or alkaline earth hydroxides, hydrogen carbonates or carbonates, and most preferably KOH or K 2 C0 3 as base.
  • Useful solvents include polar organic solvents and preferably, water.
  • the reaction is performed at reflux temperatures and/or under pressure in a pressure vessel.
  • the cyclization reaction is performed in a polar organic solvent, preferably dimethylformamide, at a temperature exceeding room temperature, preferably at reflux.
  • O-Deacetylation of indoles 12 to indoles 13 is preferably accomplished using sodium sulfite in aqueous ethanol under reflux conditions [Galun, A.; Stamm, A.; Markus, A. J. Heterocyclic Chem . 1979, 16 , 641].
  • the requisite isatins 2 (indole-2,3-diones) for the preparation of cryptolepines of Formula III and IV described in Figures 1 and 2 can be obtained commercially or obtained by synthesis using literature methods [(l) Yen, V. Q. ; Buu-Hoi, N. P.; Xuong, N. D. J. Org . Chem . 1958, 23 , 1858; (2) Sandmeyer, T. Helv. Chim . Acta 1919, 2 , 237; (3) Sandmeyer, T. Helv. Chim. Acta , 1919, 2 , 239; (4) Sumpter, W. C. Chem Rev . 1944, 34 , 407; (5) Popp, F. D. Adv. Heterocyclic Chem . . 1975, 18 , 2-58].
  • Quindolines of Formulae III and IV can also be prepared as described in Fig. 4 from suitably substituted anthranilic acids 14.
  • the general procedure outlined in Fig. 4 for the synthesis of quindolines 19 has been modified slightly from previously described procedures [(l) Yamato, M.; Takeuchi, Y.; Chang, M.- r.; Hashigaki, K. Chem . Pharm . Bull . 1992, 40 , 528; (2) Yamato, M. ; Takeuchi, Y.; Chang, M.-r.; Hashigaki, K. ; Tsuruo, T. ; Tashiro, T. ; Tsukagoshi, S. Chem . Pharm . Bull .
  • anthranilic acids 14 are acylated with chloroacetyl chloride or bromoacetyl bromide in a polar solvent such as DMF, dioxane, or DMF/dioxane mixtures to provide acylanthranilic acids 15 [(1) Ossman, A. E. ; El-Zahabi, M. M. ; El-Hakim, A. E. ; Osman, A. N. Egypt . J. Chem. 1988, 31 , 381; (2) Uskokovic, M. R. ; Wenner, W. US Patent 3,374,264].
  • the ratio of polyphosphoric acid (PPA) to anthranilic acid derivates 17 is approximately 10:1 (w/w), the reaction temperature is between 100-120°C, and an aqueous triturative workup is used to remove phosphorous-derived impurities.
  • Haloquindolines 19 are prepared by treatment of quindolones 18 with dehydrohalogenating agents such as POCl 3 , PC1 5 , mixtures of POCl 3 and PC1 5 or PBr 3 .
  • dehydrohalogenating agents such as POCl 3 , PC1 5 , mixtures of POCl 3 and PC1 5 or PBr 3 .
  • mixtures of POCl 3 or POCl 3 /PCl j mixtures are used.
  • Alkylation of quindoline 19 with conventional methylating agents such as those methods recited above, preferably under pressure in a pressure vessel, provides the quindolinium iodides of Formula IV.
  • the methylating agent is methyl iodide.
  • the alkylation is performed in a polar organic solvent, preferably an alcoholic solvent and most preferably methanol.
  • the pressure vessel is a teflon-lined Parr bomb. Under these conditions, trans-halogenation occurs, providing ll-iodocryptolepines of Formula IV.
  • Other preferred methods for alkylating quindolines 19, some of which avoid trans-halogenation, are described in Fig. 5.
  • the free base of Formula IV, represented by Formula III can be prepared by those methods described above.
  • Fig. 5 outlines a general process for preparing cryptolepine analogs of Formula IV from quindolines 19.
  • Alkylation of 19 with an alkylating agent such as an alkyl or aralkylhalide, a dialkyl or diaralkylsulfate, or an alkyl or aralkyltriflate in the presence of base provides 10-alkyl or aralkylquindolines 20.
  • the alkylating agents are aralkyl bromides, aralkyl iodides, alkyl iodides, and alkyl triflates.
  • Preferred bases include NaOH, KOH, Na 2 C0 3 , and K 2 C0 3 .
  • the 10-alkyl and 10-aralkyl quindolines 20 can be subsequently alkylated at the N-5 position using an alkylating agent (R 5 W 6 ) , preferably an alkyl halide or an aralkylhalide, in a pressure vessel to provide dialkylated cryptolepines 21.
  • Alkylation of the quindolines 19 at the N-5 position can be effected by treatment with an alkyl halide or an aralkyl halide(R 5 W 6 ) , preferably in a pressure vessel, to provide quindolines of Formula IV (22) .
  • the preferred alkyl and aralkyl halides are the aralkyl bromides, aralkyl iodides, alkyl iodides.
  • Preferred solvents used in the alkylation of 19 to 22 include chloroform, methylene chloride, toluene, and benzene.
  • cryptolepines 21 and 22 can be prepared from quindolines 20 and 19, respectively, using an alkylating agent, preferably a dialkylsulfate, in an inert solvent such as benzene or toluene at room temperature (rt) or reflux.
  • alkylating agent preferably a dialkylsulfate
  • N-5 cryptolepines 21 and 22 can also be prepared using an alkyl trifluoromethanesulfonate in an inert organic solvent, such as benzene or toluene.
  • Suitable solvents used in the alkyl trifluoromethanesulfonate alkylation at N-5 of 19 and 20 include dichloromethane, dichloroethane, chloroform, benzene, toluene, xylene, diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, t-butyl methyl ether, t-butyl ethyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, dimethylformamide, and mixtures thereof.
  • dichloromethane, dichloroethane, chloroform, benzene, or toluene is used.
  • the reaction is run preferably between a temperature of 0 ⁇ C and rt.
  • l to 2 equivalents of alkyl trifluoromethanesulfonate is used.
  • Di-N-alkylated cryptolepine analogs 24 can be prepared from quindolines 19 under forcing conditions using excess alkyl trifluoromethanesulfonate reagent and elevated temperatures, typically reflux conditions.
  • N-5 alkylated cryptolepine 22 can be alkylated with a different alkylating agent, such as R, 0 W S to form differentially dialkylated cryptolepine 23, wherein R, 0 is defined above in Section 3 and W s is defined above in Section 4.
  • Fig. 6 outlines the preparation of cryptolepine analogs of Formula VI, wherein the N-R, 0 substituent of 23 (Fig. 5) has been replaced with a heteroatom.
  • Formula VI precursors 33 and 34 novel procedures are used.
  • Previous literature methods used for the preparation of Formula VI precursors include: [(1) Yamato, M. ; Hashigaki, K. EP 0376166; (2) Yamato, M. US Patent 4826850; (3) Sunder, S.; Peet, N. P. J. Heterocyclic chem. 1978, 15, 1379; (4) Gorlitzer, K. ; Weber, J. Arch. Pharm (Weinheim) 1980, 314 , 76.].
  • Suitably substituted phenoxyacetyl chlorides 27 can be obtained commercially or synthetically from condensation with suitably substituted phenols 25 and halogenated acetic acids such as chloroacetic acid or bromoacetic acid, followed by conversion to the corresponding acid halides using thionyl chloride, thionyl bromide, or others methods used to prepare acid halides known to those skilled in the art.
  • the phenoxyacetyl chlorides 27 are treated with suitably substituted anthranilic acids 14 under Schotten-Baumann conditions to provide anthranilic acids 29. Cyclization of the anthranilic acids 29 using an acid, preferably polyphosphoric acid, provides quinolones 31.
  • sulfoxides 37 and sulfones 38 can be prepared from fused quinoline 36 without N-oxidation using potassium permanganate/acetic acid [Bierer, D. E.; O , connell, J. F. ; Parquette, J. R.; Thompson, C. M.
  • quinolone sulfoxide 33 and quinolone sulfone 34 can be prepared from quinolone 32 using those oxidizing agents useful for converting 36 to 37 or 38, described above.
  • Fig. 7 outlines the preparation of cryptolepine analogs of Formula VI where A - CH 2 , using a modified literature procedure [G ⁇ rlitzer, K. ; Weber, J. Arch. Pharm (Weinheim) 1979, 312 , 254].
  • Suitably substituted amino acetophenones 40 are treated with tosyl chloride to provide N-tosylamino acetophenones 41.
  • Thiele-Falk condensation reaction of N-tosylamino acetophenones 41 with suitably substituted dialdehyde 42 provides indanone 43 which can exist as its tautomer 44 or as a mixture of the two tautomeric forms.
  • Acid promoted cyclization of 43 provides fused quinolones 45.
  • fused quinolines 46, wherein G - N can be alkylated with W 6 as described above in Figure 5, wherein u and W 6 are described above in Section 4, to provide cryptolepines analogs of Formula VI (47) .
  • Formula IV cryptolepines 22 can be converted to their free base forms (48) by treatment with an aqueous basic solution, wherein the base is preferably Na 2 C0 3 , K 2 C0 3 , KOH, or NaOH, to provide cryptolepines of Formula III.
  • an aqueous basic solution wherein the base is preferably Na 2 C0 3 , K 2 C0 3 , KOH, or NaOH, to provide cryptolepines of Formula III.
  • Other aqueous solutions of bases commonly employed in the art may also apply.
  • the conversion of cryptolepines 22 into cryptolepines 48 is most preferably achieved by adsorbing the quindolinium salts 22 onto a solid basic support, pouring the adsorbate on a basic alumina column and eluting with a polar organic solvent system, preferably ethanol-free chloroform, to remove any unalkylated quindoline impurities.
  • Elution preferably with methanol-chloroform and most preferably with 0.5-5% methanol-chloroform, provides cryptolepines of Formula III.
  • the solid basic support is Na 2 C0 3 .
  • Cryptolepines 48 can optionally be treated with an acid to provide cryptolepine salts 49.
  • cryptolepines 22 can be converted to alternative salt forms using ion exchange technology commonly employed in the art to provide cryptolepine salts 49.
  • Dialkylated cryptolepines 23 and Formula VI alkylated quinolines 39 can be converted to alternative salt forms using ion exchange technology commonly employed in the art to provide cryptolepine salts 50 and cryptolepine salts 51, respectively.
  • Fig. 9 outlines a general procedure for the preparation of 11-substituted cryptolepine analogs from cryptolepines 52.
  • the procedures described are modifications of literature methods [(1) G ⁇ rlitzer, K.; Weber, J. Arch. Pharm. (Weinheim) 1982, 315 , 532; (2) Yamato, M. ; Takeuchi, Y.; Chang, M.-r.; Hashigaki, K. ; Tsuruo, T.; Tashiro, T.; Tsukagoshi, S. Chem . Pharm . Bull . 1990, 38 , 3048; (3) Yamato, M; Takeuchi, Y. ; Hashigaki, K. ; Ikeda, Y.; Chang, M.-r.; Takeuchi, K.; Matsushima, M. ; Tsuruo, T. ; Tashiro, T.;
  • Treatment with anilines or deprotonated anilines provides 11-substituted aminophenyl cryptolepine analogs 53.
  • Treatment with thiophenols or thiophenolates provides the corresponding thiophenyl cryptolepine analogs 53.
  • Treatment with organometallic reagents such as alkyl lithiums, alkyl potassiums, alkyl sodiums, or alkyl Grignard reagents provides the corresponding 11-alkylated cryptolepine analogs 53.
  • cryptolepine analogs having hypoglycemic activity are obtained by a novel method of synthesis which comprises alkylating a compound of Formula VII with methyl trifluoromethanesulfonate .
  • the alkylation reaction is performed by dissolving or suspending a compound of Formula VII in an organic solvent and adding to the resulting solution or suspension 1-10 equivalents, preferably 2-5 equivalents, of methyl trifluoromethanesulfonate.
  • Reaction temperatures can vary from -78°C to reflux temperatures, preferably from -78°C to room temperature and most preferably from -78 ⁇ C to 0 ⁇ C.
  • Suitable organic solvents useful include, but are not limited to diethyl ether, methylene chloride, chloroform, benzene, toluene and xylene.
  • the alkylation reaction is optionally performed in the presence of an organic base such as triethylamine, pyridine, dimethylaminopyridine, Hiinig's base, lutidine and the like.
  • the alkylation reaction can be performed using biphasic conditions, preferably using mixtures of chlorinated hydrocarbon solvents and water.
  • an alkali metal or alkaline earth hydroxide, hydrogen carbonate or carbonate When biphasic conditions are used, it is preferable to use as a base an alkali metal or alkaline earth hydroxide, hydrogen carbonate or carbonate.
  • the progress of the alkylation reaction of the compounds of Formula VII with methyl trifluoromethanesulfonate can be monitored by chromatography, such as thin-layer chromatography, or any other such techniques known to those skilled in the art.
  • cryptolepine analogs are advantageously useful in veterinary and human medicine for therapeutic treatment of diabetes mellitus. Additionally, the cryptolepine analogs can be advantageously be used as hypoglycemic agents to reduce the blood glucose level in situations of acute stress such as experienced by animals or patients with hyperthermia, trauma, sepsis, and burns and undergoing general anesthesia. Hyperglycemia sometimes associated with severe head injury, cerebral thrombosis, encephalitis and heat stroke can also be therapeutically treated with these cryptolepine analogs. Additionally, the cryptolepine analogs are useful as hypoglycemic agents for rare congenital metabolic glycogen storage disease associated with hyperglycemia.
  • the present inventors do not wish to be limited to any particular mechanism of action to explain the hypoglycemic activity of the cryptolepine analogs of the present invention, it is envisaged that they may advantageously be useful for treatment of both insulin- dependent or type I diabetes (formerly termed juvenile-onset or ketosis-prone diabetes) and non-insulin-dependent or type II diabetes (formerly termed adult-onset, maturity-onset or nonketotic diabetes) .
  • the cryptolepine analogs When administered to a mammal for veterinary use or to a human for clinical use, the cryptolepine analogs can be used alone, or may be combined with any physiologically acceptable carrier such as water, an aqueous solution, normal saline, or other physiologically acceptable excipient. In general, the dosage would range from about 10-1000 g/kg/day, preferably about 10-250 mg/kg/day.
  • the cryptolepine analogs can be administered by a number of routes, including, but not limited to: orally, injection including, but not limited to intravenously, intraperitoneally, subcutaneously, intramuscularly, etc. The preferred route of administration is oral.
  • the cryptolepine analogs can be administered in conjunction with another hypoglycemic including such as insulin; a biguanide such as metformin or buformin; a sulfonylurea such as acetohexamide, chlorpropamide, tolazamide, tolbutamide, glyburide, glypizide or glyclazide; a thiazolidinedione such as troglitazone; an ⁇ -glycosidase inhibitor such as acarbose or iglatol; or a j8 3 -adrenoceptor agonist such as CL-316, 243, etc.
  • another hypoglycemic including such as insulin; a biguanide such as metformin or buformin; a sulfonylurea such as acetohexamide, chlorpropamide, tolazamide, tolbutamide, glyburide, glypizide or glyclazide; a
  • the cryptolepine analogs of the present invention can be administered in an effective amount either as free bases or pharmaceutically acceptable salts using counter ions such as acetate, iodide, chloride, bromide, fluoride, hydroxide, sulfate, hydrogensulfate, methanesulfonate, trifluoromethanesulfonate, toluenesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, phosphate, hydrogenphosphate, dihydrogenphosphate, succinate, ascorbate, tartrate, gluconate, benzoate, malate, fumarate, and citrate.
  • counter ions such as acetate, iodide, chloride, bromide, fluoride, hydroxide, sulfate, hydrogensulfate, methanesulfonate, trifluoromethanesulfonate, toluenesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, phosphate, hydrogenphosphate, dihydr
  • cryptolepine analogs or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be used for research purposes, for example, to investigate the mechanism and activity of hypoglycemic agents.
  • the following series of Examples are presented by way of illustration and not by way of limitation on the scope of the invention.
  • Tetrahydrofuran was distilled from potassium/benzophenone; benzene, toluene, and methylene chloride were distilled from calcium hydride.
  • Anhydrous dimethylformamide (DMF) and anhydrous chloroform were obtained from Aldrich.
  • Methyl triflate was distilled prior to use and stored in a Schlenk flask under nitrogen. All other reagents were used as received. All moisture sensitive reactions were done under a nitrogen atmosphere, using dry solvents; air sensitive reactions were done under a nitrogen atmosphere. Evaporation of solvents was done at room temperature unless otherwise noted. Low pressure liquid chromatography (LPLC) for cryptolepine intermediates was performed on E.
  • LPLC Low pressure liquid chromatography
  • 5-Ethylquindolinium hydroiodide (0.75 g, 2.0 mmol) obtained above was shaken in an aqueous 5% solution of sodium carbonate (100 mL) , extracted with chloroform (2 x 250 ml) and concentrated to a small volume. Purification of the 5 concentrate was accomplished on a basic alumina column, first eluting with chloroform to remove impurities and then eluting with 1-2% ethyl alcohol in chloroform to elute the free base.
  • Example 7 5-Butylquindolinium Hydroiodide and 5- Butylquindolinium Hydrochloride A suspension of quindoline (1 g, 4.6 mmol) from Example 2 and butyl iodide (3 ml, 26.4 mmol) was heated in a bomb at 140°C for 16 hours and then cooled. The solid was filtered, washed thoroughly with ether, washed with 10% EtOH in ethyl ether and then dried to afford 5-butylquindolinium hydroiodide, 1.82 g (100%) as a brown solid.
  • Example 9 10-Methylquindolinium Hydrochloride and 10-Methylquindoline
  • a mixture of powdered KOH (1.0 g, 17.8 mmol), BaO (2.8 g, 17.8 mmol), acetone (50 mL) and quindoline (1 g, 4.58 mmol) from Example 2 was refluxed for 1 hour, cooled to room temperature, and to it was added CH 3 I (1.42 ml, 3.25 g, 22.9 mmol) .
  • the mixture was refluxed for 4 hours, cooled, filtered and the filtrate evaporated to dryness.
  • the residue was extracted with ether (2 x 50 mL) and the ether solution was washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate and then filtered.
  • a stream of HCI gas passed through the solution and the solid product was collected to give after drying, 0.9 g (73.2 %) of 10- methylquindolinium hydrochloride as a yellow solid.
  • Example 12 5,10-Dibenzylquindolinium Chloride
  • quindoline (1 g, 4.58 mmol) from Example 2
  • benzyl bromide (3 mL, 25.1 mmol) and dry chloroform (5 mL) was heated in a bomb at 140°C for 48 hours.
  • a solution of agueous 5% Na 2 C0 3 (100 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was extracted with chloroform (2 x 250 mL) . The extract was evaporated to dryness.
  • Example 21 2-Fluoro-11-quindolone A mixture of 5-fluoro-2-[ (N- phenylamino)acetamido] benzoic acid from Example 20 (4.5 g, 15.8 mmol) and polyphosphoric acid (PPA, 150 g) was heated with mechanical stirring at 130°C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into ice-water (1.2 L) , neutralized with saturated KOH solution and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 750 L) . The ethyl acetate layer was washed with water and brine, dried and concentrated to afford 2.25 g (56.3%) of the title compound as a yellow solid, mp >270°C.
  • PPA polyphosphoric acid
  • Example 25 2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-chloroquindolinium Hydrochloride A solution of 2-fluoro-5-methylquindoline from Example 24 (100 mg) in chloroform (50 mL) was treated at room temperature with a 1 M solution of HCI in ether until a yellow solution/precipitate formed. Methanol was added to homogenize the mixture and then the solution was concentrated. The resulting solid was recrystallized from hot CHC1 3 (50 mL)/Et0H (5 mL) , with a minimum amount of ether being added to facilitate the crystallization process.
  • Example 27 2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-(phenylamino)quindolinium Hydrochloride A solution of 2-fluoro-5-methyl-ll-chloroquindoline from Example 24 (530 mg, 1.79 mmol) and aniline (0.75 g, 8.06 mmol) in EtOCH 2 CH 2 OH (50 mL) was heated at 120°C for 10 min. During this time the color of the reaction mixture changed from purple to yellow, and a yellow precipitate formed.
  • Example 28 2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-phenylquindolinium Hydrochloride A suspension of 2-fluoro-5-methyl-ll- chloroquindoline from Example 24 (300 mg, 0.35 mmol) in dry dioxane (30 mL) was added to a 1.0 M solution of C 6 H 5 MgBr in ether (6 mL, 6.0 mmol, obtained from Aldrich Chemical Co.) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature, then heated for 1 hour at 50°C.
  • reaction mixture was cooled, poured into ice-water (300 mL) , allowed to stand overnight to effect hydrolysi ⁇ (pH ⁇ 7) , and then extracted with EtOAc (4 x 50 mL) and chloroform (4 x 50 mL) .
  • EtOAc 4 x 50 mL
  • chloroform 4 x 50 mL
  • the combined chloroform and ethyl acetate extract ⁇ were washed with water, dried, concentrated, and then purified by chromatography on a basic alumina column, eluting 0.5-1.5 % MeOH in CHC1 3 .
  • Example 32 1-Acetylindoxyl With some modification, the procedure of Galen was used to obtain the title compound [Galun, A.; Stamm, A.; Markus, A. J. Heterocyclic Chem . , 1979, 16 , 221].
  • a refluxing solution of l-acetyl-3-acetoxyindole obtained in Example 31 (1.88 g, 8.66 mmol) in EtOH (46 mL) was added a hot solution (ca 90°C) of Na 2 S0 3 (1.244 g, 9.87 mmol) in H 2 0 (46 mL) .
  • the mixture was refluxed for 10 min. , then cooled to room temperature.
  • Example 34 10-Acetylquindoline A suspension of l-acetyl-2-(2-nitrophenyl methylene)-3-oxo-2,3-dihydroindole from Example 33 (220 mg, 0.71 mmol), 10% Pd/C (33 mg) and absolute EtOH (25 mL) was shaken on a Parr Shaker at 50 psi of H 2 for 3 hours. The Pd catalyst was filtered off over a celite pad and the solvent was evaporated.
  • Example 35 l-Acetyl-2-(3-methoxy-2-nitrophenylmethylene)- 3-0x0-2,3-dihydroindole
  • 2-acetylindoxyl from Example 32 (1.58 g, 9.0 mmol)
  • 2-nitro-3-methoxybenzaldehyde (2.02 g, 10.8 mmol)
  • piperidine 5 drops
  • benzene 150 mL
  • the solvent from the Dean-Stark apparatus was removed 4 times and replaced with freshly di ⁇ tilled benzene. After cooling, the solvent was removed and concentrated to afford a residue.
  • Example 36 6-Methoxy-lO-acetylquindoline A suspension of l-acetyl-2-(3-methoxy-2- nitrophenylmethylene)-3-oxo-2,3-dihydroindole from Example 35 (460 g, 1.36 mmol), 10% Pd/C (70 mg) and MeOH (17 mL) was stirred under H 2 at atmospheric pressure (balloon) for 3 hours. Additional Pd/C (70 mg) was added, a fresh balloon of H 2 was attached and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The Pd/C catalyst was filtered over celite and the filtrate was evaporated.
  • Example 37 6-Methoxy-5-methyl-10-acetylquindolinium Iodide 6-Methoxy-10-acetylquindoline from Example 36 (194 mg, 0.668 mmol) was suspended in CH 3 I (1.25 mL, 200 mmol) and heated in a pressure vessel at 150°C with stirring for 24 h.
  • Example 38 6-Methoxy-5-methylq indo1ine A ⁇ olution of 6-methoxy-5-methyl-10- acetylquindolinium iodide obtained in Example 37 dissolved in approximately 50 mL of ethanol-free chloroform was adsorbed onto anhydrous NaC0 3 (1 g/100 mg iodide salt) and applied to a column filled with basic alumina. The mixture was eluted with CHC1 3 until the UV active impurities eluted.
  • Example 41 5-Chloro-2-(bromoacetamido)benzoic Acid
  • 2-amino-5-chlorobenzoic acid 10 g, 0.06 mol
  • anhydrous DMF 30 mL
  • dioxane 30 mL
  • Bromoacetyl bromide (11.8 g, 5 mL, 100 mol%) was added dropwise over a 20 min period, keeping the internal temperature between 0°C to 1°C. After the addition was completed, the solution was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirring was continued overnight at rt.
  • Bromoacetyl bromide was added dropwise over a 20-25 min period keeping the internal temperature between 0° to l°C. After the addition was completed, the solution was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirring was continued for 20 h. The reaction mixture was cooled in an ice-bath and diluted with water (150 mL) . The resulting yellow crystalline product was filtered, washed sequentially with 5% HBr solution (50 mL) , water (50 mL) , and then dried in vacuum oven (20 h, 40-45°C) to afford 5 g (30%) of the title compound, mp 133-135°C
  • Example 43 3-Chloro-2-[ (N-phenylamino)acetamido]benzoic Acid
  • a solution of 3-chloro-2-(bromoacetamido)benzoic acid from Example 39 (7.5 g, 0.026 mol), aniline (5.8 mL, 250 mol%) and anhydrous DMF (60 mL) was heated at 95-100°C for 2Oh, cooled and stirred at rt for 4h.
  • the reaction mixture was poured into ice-water (400 mL) and the precipitated product was solubilized by adding aqueous 5% KOH (60 mL) .
  • the resulting milky homogenous solution was extracted with CH 2 C1 2 (3x 70 mL) .
  • reaction mixture was poured into ice-water (200 mL) and the resulting solid product was solubilized by adding 5% KOH (40 mL) .
  • Example 4 6-Chloro-2-[(N-phenylamino)acetamido]benzoic Acid
  • a solution of 6-chloro-2-(bromoacetamido)benzoic acid from Example 42 (7 g, 0.024 mol), aniline (5.6 g, 6 mL,
  • the reaction mixture was allowed to stand for 20 min, and then it was filtered through a filter funnel (size "M'') .
  • the product was washed with hot water (70 ⁇ C, 200 L) and dried overnight in a vacuum oven (45-50°C) to afford the crude title compound as a brown solid (80% yield) .
  • Example 48 1-Chloro-ll-quindolone To 6-chloro-2-[ (N-phenylamino)acetamido]benzoic acid from Example 46 (094 g, 3.0 mmol) wa ⁇ added to 10 g of polyphosphoric acid (PPA) and the mixture was heated at 115-120°C. After 45 min, TLC analysis showed the disappearance of the starting material. The reaction mixture was stirred for 15 min, cooled to 60°C and treated with crushed ice.
  • PPA polyphosphoric acid
  • the solution was neutralized with solid NaHC0 3 , and the resulting solid was filtered (filter funnel, size • ⁇ M”), washed sequentially with hot (60-70°C) water (200 mL) , cold water (50 mL) and then dried in a vacuum oven (20 h, 40-45 ⁇ C) , yielding 0.63 (76%) of the crude title compound.
  • the compound was dissolved in a minimal amount of DMSO and the resulting solution was diluted with water.
  • Example 50 1-Chloro-ll-chloroquindoline A mixture of 1-chloro-ll-quindolone from Example 48 (0.6 g, 2.2 mmol), PC1 5 (0.5 g) and P0C1 3 (10 mL) was heated at reflux for 45 min. The resulting solution was cooled to rt, concentrated, and then carefully diluted with ice-water. The pH of the mixture was adjusted to 8-9 with 10% NaOH solution, and the resulting crystalline product was filtered, dried for 30 min under vacuum, extracted with hot CHC1 3 ("100 L, 40-50 ⁇ C) with stirring for 30 min, and then filtered from the small amount of remaining solid compound while hot.
  • CHC1 3 100 L, 40-50 ⁇ C
  • Example 5 2-Chloro-5-methyl-ll-chloroquindolinium Hydrochloride To a ⁇ uspension of 2-chloro-ll-chloroquindoline from Example 49 (0.3 g, 1.0 mmol) in anhydrous toluene (12 mL) was added methyltriflate (0.25 mL, 200 mol%) . The reaction mixture was stirred for 20 h at rt after which TLC analysis still showed starting material. Additional methyl triflate (100 mol%) and toluene (5 mL) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight, filtered, washed with ether and dried to afford the crude title compound; MS (-FAB, m/z)149.
  • the crude triflate salt obtained above was suspended in CHC1 3 (100 mL) and 5% K 2 C0 3 in water (70 mL) was added.
  • the CHC1 3 layer was separated and the aqueous layer W as extracted with CHC1 3 (3 x 100 mL) .
  • Combined CHC1 3 extracts were dried over K 2 C0 3 (anhydrous) , filtered and concentrated.
  • the resulting solid product was dissolved in CHC1 3 and anhydrous K 2 C0 3 was added (100 g) .
  • the mixture was sonicated, the solvent was evaporated therefrom, and the resulting adsorbate was loaded onto a basic alumina column.
  • the column was eluted with CHC1 3 to remove impurities, eluted with 0.5% MeOH in CHCl 3 ⁇ and then eluted with 1% MeOH in CHC1 3 .
  • the resulting purple fractions were combined and concentrated to afford a purple solid.
  • the crude triflate salt obtained above was suspended in CHC1 3 (100 mL) and 5% K 2 C0 3 in water (70 mL) was added.
  • the CHC1 3 layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CHC1 3 (3 x 100 mL) .
  • Combined CHC1 3 extracts were dried over K 2 C0 3 (anhydrous) , filtered and concentrated.
  • the resulting solid product was dis ⁇ olved in CHC1 3 and anhydrou ⁇ K 2 C0 3 wa ⁇ added (100 g) .
  • the mixture was sonicated, the solvent was evaporated therefrom, and the ad ⁇ orbate wa ⁇ loaded onto a basic alumina column.
  • the column was eluted with CHC1 3 to remove impurities, eluted with 0.5% MeOH in CHC1 3( and then eluted with 1% MeOH in CHC1 3 .
  • the re ⁇ ulting purple fractions were combined and concentrated to afford a purple solid.
  • Example 53 2-(Phenoxyacetamido)benzoic Acid To a solution of anthranilic acid (5 g, 0.036 mol) in NaOH (3 g, 30 mL) was added phenoxyacetyl chloride (6.2 g, 5.2 mL) dropwise at 0°C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0°C for 30 min, acidified with dilute hydrochloric acid and filtered. The filtered solid was dissolved in EtOAc and filtered. The filtrate was dried, filtered, concentrated and dried for 4 h under vacuum, affording 8 g (81%) of the title compound, mp 201-203°C.
  • Example 56 ll-Chloro-5-methylbenzofuro[3, 2-b]quinoline Trifluoromethanesulfonate To a suspension of ll-chlorobenzofuro[3, 2- b]quinoline from Example 55 (0.4 g, 1.6. mol) in anhydrous toluene (15 mL) was added methyltriflate (0.52 g, 0.36 mL, 200 mol%) . The reaction mixture was stirred for 20 h at rt, diluted with ether, and ⁇ tirred for l h.
  • Example 58 2-(Phenylthioacetamido)benzoic Acid To a ⁇ olution of 6.3 g of anthranilic acid in NaOH (4 g of NaOH in 40 mL of water) cooled in an ice-bath was added 8.6 g (0.046 mol) of phenylmercaptoacetylchloride from Example 57. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h. The reaction mixture was neutralized with 5% HCI, diluted with water (50 mL) , and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL) .
  • Example 61 ll-Chloro-5-methylbenzothieno[3, 2-b]quinolinium Trifluoromethanesulfonate To a solution of ll-chlorobenzothieno[3, 2- b]quinoline from Example 60 (0.16 g; 0.06 mmol) in 12 mL of toluene was added MeOTf (0.081 mL, 120 mol%) and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 20 h.
  • Example 64 ll-Oxo-5,ll-dihydro-indeno[l, 2-b]quinoline A mixture of 2-(2-toluenesulfonamidobenzoyl)-1- indanone from Example 63 (2.2 g, 5.5 mmol) and polypho ⁇ phoric acid (PPA) (20 g) was heated to 120-122 ⁇ C for 1 h.
  • PPA polypho ⁇ phoric acid
  • Example 67 ll-Chloro-5-methylindenotl, 2-b]quinolinium Trifluoromethanesulfonate
  • methyl triflate 0.048 mL, 0.42 mmol
  • the reaction mixture was ⁇ tirred for 20 h at room temperature during which time a cry ⁇ talline product precipitated from the reaction mixture.
  • the reaction mixture wa ⁇ diluted with diethyl ether and wa ⁇ allowed to stir for 1 h at room temperature. The mixture was filtered and the crystalline ⁇ olid wa ⁇ dried under high vacuum for several hour ⁇ .
  • Example 71 2-Fluoroquindoline-ll-carboxylic Acid A 5°C ⁇ olution of 3-fluoroi ⁇ atin (4.71 g, 28.5 mmol) in 4 N KOH (135 mL, 456 mmol) wa ⁇ added to a S5 nitrogen-purged flask containing indolyl acetate (5.00 g, 28.5 mmol) . The mixture was mechanically stirred for 5 days at room temperature. Water (80 mL) was added and the solution was heated at 70°C for 20 minutes with air being drawn through the solution. The solution was hot filtered through a bed of celite and the celite bed was rinsed with warm water (75 mL) .
  • Example 73 2-Fluoro-5-methylquindolinium Hydrochloride
  • 2-fluoroquindoline from Example 72 (0.500 g, 2.12 mmol) and methyl iodide (3.95 mL, 63.5 mmol).
  • the bomb was flushed with nitrogen, sealed, and heated to 150°C for 24 h.
  • the bomb was cooled, opened and the contents were transferred to a flask using chloroform to wash the in ⁇ ide of the bomb.
  • the chloroform suspension was concentrated to a dry orange residue.
  • the violet solution was acidified with ethereal 1 M HCI to a bright yellow endpoint.
  • Example 75 7-Bromo-8-chloroquindoline 7-Bromo-8-chloroquindoline-ll-carboxylic acid from Example 74 (3.00 g, 7.99 mmol) was refluxed at 250°C in diphenyl ether (30 mL) for 4 hours in an over ⁇ ize fla ⁇ k. The mixture wa ⁇ cooled, diluted with petroleum ether (30 mL) , and filtered.
  • Example 76 7-Bromo-8-chloro-5-methylquindolinium Hydrochloride
  • a large teflon lined ⁇ teel bomb fitted with a stir bar wa ⁇ placed 7-bromo-8-chloroquindoline from Example 75 (0.350 g, 1.06 mmol) and methyl iodide (1.97 mL, 31.7 mmol) .
  • the bomb was flushed with nitrogen, sealed, and heated to 150°C for 24 h.
  • the bomb was cooled, opened and the content ⁇ were tran ⁇ ferred to a fla ⁇ k using chloroform to wash the inside of the bomb.
  • the chloroform su ⁇ pen ⁇ ion was concentrated to a dry orange residue.
  • the orange residue was suspended in chloroform, adsorbed onto Na 2 C0 3 and chromatographed over basic alumina using 100% chloroform until starting material could not be detected by TLC.
  • the column was eluted with 2% methanol in chloroformand the violet fraction ⁇ were collected. After concentrating to a small volume ("50 mL) the violet solution was acidified with ethereal 1 M HCI to a bright yellow endpoint.
  • Example 78 7-Bromo-6-chloroquindoline 7-Bromo-6-chloroquindoline-ll-carboxylic acid from Example 77 (1.75 g, 4.66 mmol) was refluxed at 252°C in diphenyl ether (30 mL) for 4 hour ⁇ in an oversize flask. The mixture was cooled, diluted with petroleum ether (30 mL) , and filtered.
  • Example 80 2-[[N-(phenyl)amino]acetamido]benzoic Acid A ⁇ olution of 2-(N-Bromoacetylamino)benzoic acid from Example 79 (5.0 g, 19.37 mmol), aniline (4.51 g, 4.41 mL, 48.4 mmol) and anhyd DMF (50 mL) wa ⁇ heated in an oil bath at 85°C for 4.5 h. The reaction mixture wa ⁇ cooled and poured into ice-water (500 mL) .
  • the aqueous layer was extracted with additional dichloromethane (2 x 250 mL) and the combined dichloromethane layers were sequentially washed with brine (500 mL) and water (500 mL) , and then dried (Na 2 S0 4 ) .
  • Example 83 ll-Chloro-5-methylquindolinium hydrotrifluoromethane sulfonate A suspension of ll-chloroquindoline (0.54 g, 2.13 mmol) from Example 82 and methyl triflate (699 mg, 482 ⁇ L, 4.26 mmol) was stirred at rt for 2 days.
  • Example 84 2-[[N-(4-Methoxyphenyl)amino]acetamido]benzoic Acid
  • a solution of 2-(N-bromoacetylamino)benzoic acid from Example 79 (8.00 g, 31.0 mmol), para-methoxyaniline S5 (9.55 g, 77.5 mmol) and DMF (80 mL) was heated to 80°C for 8 h.
  • the mixture was cooled, poured over H 2 0 (1 L) and 5% KOH (300 mL) and wa ⁇ hed with CH 2 C1 2 (3 x 300 mL) .
  • the aqueou ⁇ layer wa ⁇ acidified to pH 2 with 2 N HCI, cooled below room temperature, and filtered.
  • Example 87 7-Fluoro-ll-iodo-5-methylquindolinium Hydrochloride
  • ll-chloro-7-fluoroquindoline from Example 86 (1.00 g, 3.69 mmol) and methyl iodide (8.00 L, 129 mmol).
  • the bomb was flushed with nitrogen, sealed, and heated to 150°C for 24 h.
  • the bomb was cooled, opened and the contents were transferred to a flask using chloroform to wash the inside of the bomb.
  • the suspension was concentrated to a dry orange residue.
  • the orange re ⁇ idue was suspended in chloroform, adsorbed onto Na 2 C0 3 and chro atographed over basic alumina using 100% chloroform until ⁇ tarting material could not be detected by TLC.
  • the column wa ⁇ eluted with 2% methanol in chloroform and the violet fractions were collected. After concentrating to a small volume (120 L) the violet solution wa ⁇ acidified with ethereal 1 M HCI to a bright yellow endpoint.
  • Example 88 2- [[ N-( 3 -Fluorophenyl)amino]acetamido]benzoic acid
  • the mixture was neutralized to pH 7 with a cold slurry of aqueous KOH while maintaining an internal temperature below 45°C with an external ice-bath.
  • the total aqueous portion (1.3 L) was extracted with chloroform (5 x 400 mL) .
  • the combined organic extracts were washed with water (600 mL) and brine (600 mL) , dried (Na 2 S0 4 ) , filtered and concentrated.
  • the brown crude concentrate was adsorbed onto neutral alumina with acetone.
  • the violet filtrate was acidified with ethereal IM HCI to a bright yellow endpoint and adsorbed onto basic alumina.
  • the adsorbent was chromatographed over basic alumina (eluting with chloroform-ethyl acetate gradient from 1:0 to 4:1 until the eluent was free of impurities by TLC then eluting with 2% methanol in chloroform) .
  • the violet fractions were collected and concentrated to a small volume (20 mL) .
  • the violet solution was acidified with ethereal 1 M HCI to a bright yellow endpoint. The mixture was cooled below room temperature and filtered.
  • Example 89 (1.00 g, 3.69 mmol) in toluene (25 ml, freshly distilled) stirring under nitrogen was added methyl triflate (1.05 mL, 9.24 mmol). The mixture stirred for 24 h at room temperature and was diluted with diethyl ether (60 mL) and filtered. The orange filter cake was placed under high vacuum for 24 h. The orange residue was suspended in chloroform and adsorbed onto neutral alumina and chromatographed over ba ⁇ ic alumina (eluting with chloroform-ethyl acetate gradient from 1:0 to 1:1 until the eluent was free of impurities by TLC then eluting with 3% methanol in chloroform) .
  • the violet fractions were collected and concentrated to a small volume (50 mL) .
  • the violet solution wa ⁇ acidified with ethereal 1 M HCI to a bright yellow endpoint.
  • the mixture wa ⁇ cooled below room temperature and filtered.
  • the filter cake rinsed with diethyl ether (10 mL) and dried under high vacuum at 45°C for several days to yield 0.949 g (90%) of the title compound as a bright orange solid. A portion of this material was further purified by HPLC.
  • Example 93 ll-Chloro-9-fluoroquindoline
  • 2-[[N-(2- fluorophenyl) amino]acetamido]benzoic acid from Example 92 (7.50 g, 26.0 mmol) in polyphosphoric acid (330 g) was heated to 130°C for 5.5 h with mechanical stirring.
  • the mixture was diluted with ice-water (2 L) and placed in an ice-bath where the internal temperature was kept below 45°C while the mixture was neutralized to pH 7 with a saturated KOH solution.
  • the crude 7-fluoro-ll-quindolone obtained above (10.5 g) was refluxed in P0C1 3 (100 mL) for 2.5 h.
  • the mixture was cooled and slowly poured over ice (IL) .
  • the mixture wa ⁇ neutralized to pH 7 with a cold ⁇ lurry of aqueous KOH while maintaining an internal temperature below 45°C with an external ice-bath.
  • the combined organic extracts were washed with water (500 mL) and brine (500 mL) , dried (NaS0 4 ) , filtered and concentrated.
  • the brown crude concentrate product was adsorbed onto neutral alumina with acetone.
  • Example 94 9-Fluoro-ll-iodo-5-methylquindolinium Hydrochloride in a large teflon lined steel bomb fitted with a stir bar was placed ll-chloro-9-fluoroquindoline from Example 93 (1.00 g, 3.69 mmol) and methyl iodide (8.00 mL, 129 mmol). The bomb was flushed with nitrogen, sealed, and heated to 150°C for 24 h. The bomb was cooled, opened and the contents were transferred to a flask using chloroform to wash the in ⁇ ide of the bomb. The suspension was concentrated to a dry orange residue.
  • the orange residue was suspended in chloroform, adsorbed onto Na 2 C0 3 and chromatographed over basic alumina using 100% chloroform until starting material could not be detected by TLC.
  • the column was eluted with 2% methanol in chloroformand the violet fractions were collected and concentrated to a small volume (100 mL) .
  • Example 96 ll-Chloro-7-phenylquindoline A slurried ⁇ uspen ⁇ ion of 2-[[N-(4- phenylphenyl) amino]acetamido]-benzoic acid from Example 95 (8.00 g, 23.1 mmol) in polyphosphoric acid (480 g) was heated to 140°C for 5 h with mechanical stirring. The mixture was partially cooled and poured over ice. The reaction mixture wa ⁇ placed in an ice-bath where the internal temperature was kept below 45°C while the mixture was neutralized to pH 7 with a saturated KOH solution to a total volume of 2 L.
  • C57BL/Ks-dJb/db were purchased from The Jackson Laboratory (Bar Harbor, ME, USA) , and served as experimental animals. Male animals between the ages of 8-9 weeks were employed in the studies described here. Animals were housed (4 0 mice/cage) under standard laboratory conditions at 22°C and 50% relative humidity, and were maintained on a diet of Purina rodent chow and water ad libitum. Prior to treatment, blood was collected from the tail vein of each animal. Mice that had plasma glucose levels between 350 and 600 mg/dL were 5 used. Each treatment group consisted of eight mice that were distributed so that the mean glucose levels were equivalent in each group at the start of the study.
  • mice Diabetic C57BL/Ks-dJ/ ⁇ * £> mice were dosed orally by gavage once with either vehicle, the experimental compound administered at 100 0 mg (unless otherwise noted) , or metformin [250 mg (1510 ⁇ mol)/kg/day] .
  • Compounds were delivered in a liquid vehicle containing 0.25% (w/v) carboxymethylcellulose, 1% (v/v) TweenTM 60, and up to 10% (v/v) dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) in a volume of 10 ml/kg.
  • Blood was sampled from the tail vein - three hours post-dosing, and analyzed for plasma glucose levels. Individual body weights and mean food consumption (each cage) were also measured after 24 h.
  • the cryptolepine compounds tested for hypoglycemic activity were prepared as described above in Section 6.2 above.
  • Metformin (1,1-dimethylbiguanide) was purchased from Sigma Chemical Co. (St. Louis, MO, USA; catalog ⁇ D-5035) .
  • Plasma glucose levels were determined colorimetrically using glucose oxidase (Sigma Chemical Co. ; Sigma catalog# 315) .
  • Significant differences between groups (comparing compound-treated to vehicle-treated) were evaluated using analysi ⁇ of variance and Fisher's post-hoc test.
  • test compounds were evaluated in diabetic C57BL/Ks-dJ/dh animals for the ability to lower blood glucose:
  • test compounds were evaluated in a series of experiments which are summarized in Table 1 below.
  • hypoglycemic agent metformin given at 250 mg/kg, caused a reduction in plasma glucose levels of 136-225 mg/dL.
  • Murine 3T3-L1 preadipocytes (American Type Culture Collection CL 173) were maintained in Dulbecco's modified Eagles medium (DMEM) containing 10% (v/v) supplemented calf serum, antibiotics, and 25 mM glucose.
  • DMEM Dulbecco's modified Eagles medium
  • Cells were seeded in 24-well cluster plates (10,000 cells/well), grown to confluence (typically 5 days) , and induced to differentiate 2 days post-confluence (day 0) according to the standard protocol of Frost and Lane [Frost, S. and Lane, M. D. J. Biol . Chem .
  • adipocytes were maintained in DMEM containing 10% fetal bovine serum, and provided with fresh medium every 2-3 days. Adipocytes employed in this study were used on days 7-10 post-differentiation. On the day of the experiment, adipocytes were washed with phosphate- buffered saline and switched to serum-free DMEM medium. Adipocytes were treated (in triplicate) for 18 hr with a test compound, i .e . , a cryptolepine analog (at 1, 3, 10, and 30 ⁇ M final concentrations) or metformin.
  • a test compound i .e .
  • a cryptolepine analog at 1, 3, 10, and 30 ⁇ M final concentrations
  • the compounds were tested at 1, 3, 10 and 30 mM (triplicate incubations) .
  • Concentrated stock solutions of the cryptolepine analogs were freshly prepared in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) and diluted into culture medium. The final concentration of DMSO was 0.2% (v/v) which was also included in basal conditions. Metformin was dissolved directly into culture medium and further diluted into the same medium. Following overnight (18 hr) treatment, the culture medium was aspirated and the onolayers washed with Krebs-Ringer Hepes buffer. To assess the effects of the compounds on glucose transport, 2- deoxy-D-gluco ⁇ e uptake (a non-metabolizable analog of glucose) was mea ⁇ ured in the absence of insulin ⁇ timulation.
  • Gluco ⁇ e transport assays were initiated by the addition of 2-deoxy-D-[ 3 H]glucose (0.5 mCi/mL; 100 mM final concentrations) to each well followed by incubation for 10 min at 22 ⁇ C. Assays were terminated by aspirating the media and rapidly washing the monolayer two times with ice-cold phosphate-buffered saline solution. Cell monolayers were solubilized in 0.1N NaOH, transferred to ⁇ cintillation vials, and radioactivity determined by liquid scintillation counting. All data were corrected for non-specific hexose uptake determined in parallel samples treated for 5 minutes with 200 mM cytochalasin B.

Abstract

Novel cryptolepine analogs useful as hypoglycemic agents and methods for their use as hypoglycemic agents, for example, in the treatment of diabetes, and a method for their synthesis are described. As hypoglycemic agents, the novel cryptolepine analogs are useful for the treatment of insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (IDDM or Type I) and non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM or Type II).

Description

GRYPTQ EPINE ANALOGS WITH HYPOGLYCEMIC ACTIVITY
1. FIELD OF THE INVENTION This invention pertains to a novel group of cryptolepine analogs that are useful as hypoglycemic agents and useful for the treatment of diabetes mellitus, and pertains to a new synthetic process to obtain the novel cryptolepine analogs.
2. BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION 2.1 SYNTHESES OF CRYPTOLEPINE AND CRYPTOLEPINE ANALOGS
Cryptolepine (I) , a member of the guindoline family of alkaloids, is among a rare class of natural products whose synthesis was reported prior to its isolation from nature.
Figure imgf000003_0001
Cryptolepine (I) as its hydrogen iodide salt was first synthesized in 1906 by Fichter and Boehringer [Fichter,
F.; Boehringer, R. Chem. Ber. 1906, 39 , 3932] from quindoline
(II) , which was prepared by treatment of a bis-o-nitrobenzylmalonester with alcoholic sodium hydroxide followed by reduction of the intermediate dihydroxyquindoline derivative with HI/Phosphorous.
Proton and carbon NMR (DMS0-d6) spectra for cryptolepine were assigned by Tackie et. al [Tackie, A. N.;
Sharaf, M. H. M. ; Schiff Jr., P. L.; Boye, G. L. ; Couch, R. C. ; Martin, G. E. J. Heterocyclic Chem . 1991, 28 , 1419]; and by Ablordeppy et. al [Ablordeppy, S. Y; Hufford, C. D.;
Borne, R. F.; Dwuma-Badu, D. Planta Med. 1990, 416 , 56. Only a limited number of analogs of cryptolepine (I) have been synthesized. 5-Methylquindolinium chloride [chloride salt of cryptolepine (I)], 5-methylquindoline [cryptolepine (I)], 7-nitro-5-methylguindolinium chloride, 7-amino-5-methylquindolinium chloride (prepared by iron reduction of 7-nitro-5-methylquindolinium chloride) , the free base 7-amino-5-methylquindoline, ll-amino-5- methylquindolinium iodide and its chloride salt, and ll-carboxy-5-methylquindolinium chloride and its ethosulphate salt have been prepared by Holt and Petrow or Ar it and Robinson [(1) Holt, S. J. ; Petrow, V. J. Chem Soc . 1948, 919; (2) Armit, J. W. ; Robinson, R. J. J. Chem . Soc . 1922, 827]; 5-methyl-10-benzyl-ll-benzyloxycarbonyl quindolinium iodide (incorrectly named in literature) has been prepared by Deguitis and Ezyarskaite [Deguitis, Y. A.; Ezyarskaite, A. B. Khim . Geterotsik . Soedin . 1986, 1375]; 5-ethylquindolinium iodide was prepared by Fichter and Boehringer [Fichter, F. ; Boehringer, R. Chem . Ber. 1906, 39 , 3932]; and 5,10-dimethyl-ll-chloroquindolinium chloride and 5,lO-dimethyl-11-[N-[4-(diethylamino)-1-methy1-1-aminobutyl] quindolinium dichloride have been synthesized by Gδrlitzer [Gδrlitzer, K. ; Stockmann, R. ; Walter, R. D. Pharmazie 1995, 50 , 105].
The cryptolepine analogs of (I) described above were prepared by alkylation with methyl iodide, ethyl iodide or di ethylsulphate. These procedures require the use of high temperatures, long reaction times and/or the use of high pressure vessels to effect alkylation. These procedures are highly impractical for scale-up purposes and lead to decomposition when the cryptolepine nucleus is functionalized with a variety of groups.
Figure imgf000005_0001
Quindoline (II) had previously been prepared from indigo upon action with base in the presence of a reducing agent followed by decarboxylation with sodium amalgam, and had also been prepared from indigo white in the presence of barium hydroxide and zinc [(1) Giraud, E. Compt . Rend. 1879, 89 , 104; (2) Giraud, E. Compt . Rend . 1880, 90 , 1429; (3) Schutzenberger, P. Compt. Rend. 1877, 85 , 147]. In 1910, Fichter and Rohner synthesized quindoline (II) from isatin and indoxyl followed by decarboxylation of the intermediate quindoline-11-carboxylic acid in the presence of KOH/zinc [Fichter, F. Rohner, B. Chem . Ber. 1910, 43 , 3489]. The procedure for the synthesis of quindoline-ll-carboxylic acid was later improved by Holt and Petrow, who used the less-readily oxidizable N-acetyl- and 0,N-diacetylindoxyls as starting materials [Holt, J. S.; Petrow, V. J. Chem . Soc. 1947, 607].
2.2 ISOLATION OF NATURAL CRYPTOLEPINE The natural product cryptolepine (I) was first isolated from the plant Cryptolepis triangularis of the family Periplocaceae in 1929 [Clinquart, E. Bull. Acad . R. Med. Belg. 1929, 12 , 6237]. Cryptolepine was reisolated from Cryptolepis sanguinolenta in 1951 by Gellert and Schlittler [Gellert, E. ; Raymond-Hamet, Schlittler, E. Helv. Chim . Acta 1951, 34 , 642] and again in 1978 together with quindoline (II) and other uncharacterized alkaloids [Dwuma-Badu, D. , Ayim, J. S. K.; Fiagbe, N. I. Y.; Knapp, J. E. ; Schiff Jr., P. L. ; Slatkin, D. J. J. Pharm . Sci . 1978, 67 , 433]. In a study of Sri-Lankan medicinal plants, cryptolepine was identified as the major alkaloid in Sida ac ta [Gunatilaka, A. A., Planta Medica 1980, 39 , 66].
2.3 BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY OF CRYPTOLEPINE AND CRYPTOLEPINE ANALOGS
According to the West African Pharmaceutical Federation Cryptolepis sanguinolenta has been widely used in folk medicine for the treatment of malaria, gonorrhoea, and hypertension. The antimalarial activity of Cryptolepis roots is linked to the presence of cryptolepine. As an antiinflammatory agent it is claimed to be as active as piroxica or indomethacin [IMS Pharmaceutical Marketletter, May 7, 1984, p. 13].
A study conducted in 1937 described marked hypothermia in dogs after administration of cryptolepine and noted an antagonistic effect to epinephrine characterized by decreased hypertension and renal vasoconstriction; a lethal dose was determined in guinea pigs after i.p. injection as 120 mg/kg [Raymond-Hamet, C. , C. R . Soc . Biol . 1937, 126, 768]. A 1938 study showed a marked and protracted hypotensive response in vasectomized dogs after i. v. administration of cryptolepine [Raymond-Hamet, C. , C. R.Acad . Sci . , 1938, 208 , 105]. A report claimed that cryptolepine possessed hypotensive and antibacterial properties [Drugs Future , 1982, 7, 466]. More detailed antimicrobial activities for alcoholic extracts of Cryptolepis sanguinolenta were described [Boakye-Yiadom, K. ; Heman-Ackah, s. M. , J. Pharm. Sci .1979, 68 , 1510].
5-Methylquindolinium chloride [chloride salt of cryptolepine (I)], 7-nitro-5-methylquindolinium chloride, 7-amino-5-methylquindolinium chloride, ll-amino-5- methylquindolinium chloride, and ll-carboxy-5- methylquindolinium chloride were evaluated for use as antimalarial and antibacterial agents. Among these, ll-amino-5-methylquindolinium chloride showed marginal activity against T. congolense , and 7-amino-
5-methylquindolinium chloride and li-amino-5- methylquindolinium chloride had antibacterial activity against E. coli and S . aureus [Holt, S. J. ; Petrow, V. J.
Chem Soc. 1948, 919].
In 1980, a paper described the noradrenoreceptor antagonism of cryptolepine in isolated rat vas deferens
[Naomesi, B. K. and Bangbose, S. O. A., Planta Medica 1980, 39 , 51]. Cryptolepine's antiinflammatory action was reported in 1981 by the same researchers who identified prostaglandin
E2 antagonism as the cause. [Bangbose, S. O. A. and Noamesi,
B. K., Planta Medica , 1981, 41 , 392].
New synthetic methodology toward the quindoline ring system has been developed [(1) Sevodin, V. P.;
Velezheva, V. S.; Erofeev, Y. v.; Suvorov, N. N. Khim .
Geterotsik . Soedin . 1984, 1667; (2) Sevodin, V. P.;
Velezheva, V. S.; Suvorov, N. N. Khim . Geterotsik . Soedin .
1982, 1125; (3) Buzas, A.; Merour, J. Y.; Synthesis , 1989, 458; (4) Merour, J. Y.; Coadou, J. Y.; Tatibouet, F.
Synthesis 1982, 1053; (5) Gδrlitzer, K. ; Weber, J. Arch .
Pharm . (Weinheim) 1981, 314 , 852.
The effects of cryptolepine alone and in combination with dipyrida ole were studied in a mouse model of arterial thrombosis in 1989. [Oyekaro, A. O. ; Okafor, J.
P. 0., J. Ethnopharm. 1989, 27 , 141].
Cryptolepine was found to possess high anti-Candida activity as well as pronounced activity against Gram- positive bacteria. Additionally, weak activity against some Gram-negative bacteria but no antiviral activity was observed
[Cimanga, K. ; Pieters, L. ; Clayes, M. ; Vanden Berghe, D.;
Vlientick, A. J. Planta Medica 1992, 57. Supp 2, A98].
More recently, cryptolepine and related alkaloids were found to possess antimuscarinic activity at the Ml, M2, and M3 receptors [Rauwald, H. W. ; Kober, N. C. ; Mutschler,
E. ; Lambrecht, G. Planta Medica 1992, 58 , 486]. Cryptolepine has been described to have an effect on collagen-induced platelet aggregation and on the mobilization and metabolism of arachidonic acid in a rabbit model [Oyekan, A. O.; Ablordeppey, S. Y. Gen Pharmacol 1993, 524 , 1285]. Cryptolepine's hypotensive and vasodilator mechanisms of action on perfused rat kidney were further described [Oyekan, A. 0. J. Cardiovasc . Pharmacol . 1994, 23 , 602].
Over the years there has been interest in the use 0 of substituted analogs of quindoline (II), indolo[3,2- b]quinolines, for use as antitumor agents, DNA intercalators and antileukemic agents [(1) Ya ato, M. ; Takeuchi, Y.; Chang, M.-r.; Hashigaki, K. Chem . Phar . Bull . 1992, 40 , 528; (2) Yamato, M. ; Takeuchi, Y.; Chang, M.-r.; Hashigaki, K. ; 5 Tsuruo, T. ; Tashiro, T. ; Tsukagoshi, S. Chem . Pharm . Bull . 1990, 38 , 3048; (3) Takeuchi, Y.; Chang, M.-r.; Hashigaki, K.; Yamato, M. Chem . Pharm . Bull . 1991, 39 , 1629; (4) Chang, M.-r.; Takeuchi, Y.; Hashigaki, K. ; Yamato, M. Heterocycles 1992, 33 , 147; (5) Takeuchi, Y.; Chang, M.-r.; Hashigaki, K. ; 0 Tashiro, T. ; Tsuruo, T. ; Tsukagoshi, S.; Yamato, M. Chem . Pharm. Bull . 1992, 40 , 1481; (6) Gδrlitzer, K. ; Stockmann, R. ; Walter, W. D. Pharmazie , 1994, 49 , 231; (7) Yamato, M; Takeuchi, Y.; Hashigaki, K. ; Ikeda, Y.; Chang, M.-r.; Takeuchi, K. ; Matsushima, M. ; Tsuruo, T. ; Tashiro, T.; 5 Tsukagoshi, S.; Ya ashita, Y.; Nakano, H. J. Med. Chem. 1989, 32 , 1295; (8) Yamato, M. ; Hashigaki, K. EP 376166 Al], antimalarial agents [(1) Gδrlitzer, K. ; Stockmann, R. ; Walter, W. D. Pharmazie 1994, 49 , 231; (2) Gδrlitzer, K. ; Stockmann, R. ; Walter, R. D. Pharmazie 1995, 50, 105; (3) 0 Tackie, A.; Schiff, P.; Sharaf, M. WO 9418203], blood platelet inhibitors [Gδrlitzer, K. ; Weber, J. Arch. Pharm . (Weinheim) 1982, 315 , 532] and for use in electrophotography [(1) Jezerskaite, A.; Deguitis, J.; Undzenas, A.; Kalcheva, V. Izv. Khim . 1989, 22 , 113; (2) Ezerskaite, A. Izv. Khim . 5 1989, 22 , 101; (3) Degutis, Y. A.; Ezyarskaite, A. B. Khim . Geterotsik . Soedin . 1986, 1375]. To the knowledge of the inventors, no prior study has described any hypoglycemic activity of Cryptolepine analogs of (I) nor was there any suggestion in the prior art that cryptolepine analogs would be useful as hypoglycemic agents.
Citation or identification of any reference in Section 2 of this application shall not be construed as an admission that such reference is available as prior art to the present invention.
3. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention provides novel cryptolepine analogs, as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, having hypoglycemic activity or having activity as agents to lower triglyceride levels, for example in diabetic subjects, and a process to prepare the novel cryptolepine analogs. Particularly, the invention provides cryptolepine compounds having formula III:
Figure imgf000009_0001
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
R,, Rj, R3 and R< are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, nitro, S03H, COOR,2, OR , NHR,3, phenyl, a C,-C,0 alkyl group, a C,-C10 alkenyl group and a Cι-C10 alkynyl group; said phenyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, and phenyl; said C,-C,0 alkyl, C,-C,0alkenyl and C,-C10 alkynyl groups being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of C,-C6 alkyl and phenyl;
Rj is selected from the group consisting of C,-C10 alkyl, C,-C,0alkenyl or C,-C10alkynyl groups, C,-C6 cycloalkyl and phenylmethyl; said C,-C10 alkyl, C,-C,0alkenyl and C,-C,0 alkynyl groups being optionally substituted with one or more groups consisting of halogen, amino, methylamino, dimethylamino, trimethylamino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, phenoxy, phenyl and C,-C0 alkyl; said C,-C6 cycloalkyl group being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, phenyl, and C,-C6 alkyl; said phenylmethyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, dimethylamino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, and phenyl; ^, R7, R8 and Ro are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, nitro, S03H, COORn, OR13, NHR13, SR13, phenyl, a C,-Cl0 alkyl group, a C,-C10 alkenyl group and a C,-C10 alkynyl group; said phenyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, Ci-C6 alkyl, and phenyl; said C,-C10 alkyl group, C,-C,0 alkenyl group and a C,-Cι0 alkynyl group being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of C,-C6 alkyl and phenyl;
Ru is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, azide, cyano, COOR12, OR,3, NHR,3, SRI3, phenyl, optionally substituted phenyl, a C,-C10 alkyl group, a C,-C10 alkenyl group or a C,-C,0 alkynyl group; said phenyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C0 alkyl, or phenyl; said C,-Cl0 alkyl group, C,-Cl0 alkenyl group or a C,-Cl0 alkynyl groups being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, mercapto, mercapto ethyl, cyano, NH2, alkylammonium, dialkylammonium, trialkyla monium, C,-Cβ alkyl or phenyl; each Rι2is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and a C,-C6 alkyl group; said C,-C6 alkyl group being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of phenyl and C,-C3 alkyl; and each Rι3is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, phenyl and a C,-C6 alkyl group; said C,-C0 alkyl group being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of phenyl and C,-C3 alkyl; said phenyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, methoxy, ethoxy, hydroxy, amino, and C,-C6 alkyl; with the proviso that when Rj-R,, Ro-R* and Rπ are H, R5 is not CH3 or CH2CH3; and with the further proviso that the compound of Formula III is not selected from the group consisting of:
5-methylquindoline;
7-nitro-5-methylquindoline;
7-amino-5-methylquindoline; ll-amino-5-methylquindoline; and ll-carboxy-5-methylquindoline.
The novel cryptolepine analogs of Formula III are useful as hypoglycemic agents.
The invention further provides cryptolepine compounds having formula IV: X"
Figure imgf000012_0001
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
R,, R2, R3 and R* are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, nitro, S03H, COOR,2, OR13, NHR,j, phenyl, a C,-CI0 alkyl group, a C,-C,0 alkenyl group and a C,-C10 alkynyl group; said phenyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, and phenyl; said C,-C10 alkyl, C,-C,0alkenyl and C,-C10 alkynyl groups being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of C,-C6 alkyl and phenyl;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of C,-C10 alkyl, C,-C,0alkenyl or C,-C,0alkynyl groups, C,-C6 cycloalkyl, and phenylmethyl; said C,-CI0 alkyl, C,-C,0alkenyl and C,- C,0 alkynyl groups being optionally substituted with one or more groups consisting of halogen, amino, methylamino, dimethylamino, trimethylamino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, phenoxy, phenyl and C,-C6 alkyl; said C,-C0 cycloalkyl group being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, phenyl, and C,-C6 alkyl; said phenylmethyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, dimethylamino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, and phenyl; Ro, R7, R and R, are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, nitro, Sθ3H, COOR12, OR13, NHR,3, SR13, phenyl, optionally substituted phenyl, a C,-C,0 alkyl group, a C,-C10 alkenyl group and a C,-C,0 alkynyl group; said phenyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, and phenyl; said C,-C,0 alkyl group, C,-C,0 alkenyl group and C,-C10 alkynyl groups being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of C,-C0 alkyl and phenyl; Ri0 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, acetyl, C,-C,0 alkyl group, C,-C,0alkenyl group, C,-C,0 alkynyl group and phenylmethyl; said C,-C,0 alkyl, C,-C,0alkenyl and C,-C,0alkynyl groups being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, methylamino, dimethylamino, trimethylamino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, phenoxy, phenyl and C,-C6 alkyl; said phenylmethyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, dimethylamino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, and phenyl;
Ru is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, azide, cyano, COOR12, OR,3, NHR,3, SR,3, phenyl, a C,-C10 alkyl group, a C,-C10 alkenyl group and a C,-C,0 alkynyl group; said phenyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C0 alkyl, and phenyl; said C,-C,0 alkyl group, C,-CI0 alkenyl group and C,-C,0 alkynyl groups being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, mercapto, mercaptomethyl, cyano, NH2, alkylammonium, dialkylammonium, trialkylammonium, C,-C6 alkyl and phenyl;
R12is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and a C,-C6 alkyl group; said Ct-C0 alkyl group being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of phenyl and C,-C3 alkyl; each R13is. selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, phenyl and a C,-C6 alkyl group; said C,-C6 alkyl group being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of phenyl and C,-C3 alkyl; said phenyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, methoxy, ethoxy, hydroxy, amino, and C,-C6 alkyl;
X" is selected from the group consisting of acetate, iodide, chloride, bromide, fluoride, hydroxide, sulfate, hydrogensulfate, methanesulfonate, trifluoro ethanesulfonate, toluenesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, phosphate, hydrogenphosphate, dihydrogenphosphate, succinate, ascorbate, tartrate, gluconate, benzoate, alate, fumarate, and citrate; with the proviso that when R1-R4, 6- and R„ are H,
Rj does not equal CH3 or CH2CH3; and with the further proviso that the compound of Formula IV is not selected from the group consisting of:
5-methylquindolinium chloride; 5-methylquindolinium iodide;
5-methylquindolinium methosulfate;
5-ethylquindolinium chloride;
5-ethylquindolinium iodide;
5-ethylquindolinium methosulfate; 7-nitro-5-methylquindolinium chloride;
7-amino-5-methylquindolinium chloride; ll-amino-5-methylquindolinium iodide; ll-amino-5-methylquindolinium chloride; ll-carboxy-5-methylquindolinium chloride; ll-carboxy-5-methylquindolinium methosulfate; 5-methyl-10-benzyl-ll-benzyloxycarbonylquindolinium iodide;
5,10-dimethyl-ll-chloroquindolinium chloride; and
5,10-dimethyl-ll-[N-[4-(diethylamino)-1-methyl-l- aminobutyl]quindolinium dichloride.
When Riois hydrogen, compounds of formula IV are salts of compounds of formula III. In such an instance, compounds of formula IV can exist in a tautomeric form given by formula V, or in an equilibrium mixture thereof, according to equation 1:
Figure imgf000016_0001
Formula IV (Rtt « H) Formula V Eqn 1
where R R2, R3, R^, Rj, R^, R7, R8, R,, RM and X' are defined as defined for compounds of formula IV. It is to be understood that compounds of Formula IV and Formula V are equivalent in biological function and activity when R,-Ro, RM and X" in compounds of Formula IV are the same as R,-Ro, Rπ and X' in compounds of Formula V.
The cryptolepine analogs of Formula IV are useful as hypoglycemic agents.
The invention still further provides cryptolepine analogs having formula VI:
X"
Figure imgf000016_0002
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein: R,, Rj, R3 and R, are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, nitro, so3H, COORl2, OR13, NHR,3, phenyl, a C,-C,0 alkyl group, a C,-C,0 alkenyl group and a C,-C10 alkynyl group; said phenyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, and phenyl; said C,-C,0 alkyl, C,-C,0alkenyl and C,-C10 alkynyl groups being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of C,-C6 alkyl and phenyl;
Re, R7, R8 and R9 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, nitro, S03H, COOR,2, OR13, NHRl3, SR13, phenyl, a Cι-C,0 alkyl group, a C,-C,0 alkenyl group and a C,-C10 alkynyl group; said phenyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, and phenyl; said C,-CI0 alkyl group, C,-C,0 alkenyl group and C,-Cj0 alkynyl groups being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of C,-C6 alkyl and phenyl;
R„ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, azide, cyano, COOR,2, 0R,3, NHR,3, SRl3, phenyl, optionally substituted phenyl, a C,-C,0 alkyl group, a C,-Cι0 alkenyl group and a C,-C10 alkynyl group; said phenyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, and phenyl; said C,-CI0 alkyl group, C,-C10 alkenyl group and a C,-C10 alkynyl groups being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, mercapto, mercaptomethyl, cyano, NH2, alkylammonium, diaIky1 mmonium, trialkylammonium, C,-C0 alkyl and phenyl;
R,2is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and a C,-C0 alkyl group; said C,-C6 alkyl group being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of phenyl and C,-C3 alkyl; R13is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, phenyl and a C,-C6 alkyl group; said C,-C6 alkyl group being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of phenyl and C,-C3 alkyl; said phenyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, methoxy, ethoxy, hydroxy, amino, and C,-C6 alkyl;
X' is selected from the group consisting of acetate, iodide, chloride, bromide, fluoride, hydroxide, sulfate, hydrogensulfate, methanesulfonate, trifluoromethanesulfonate, toluenesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, phosphate, hydrogenphosphate, dihydrogenphosphate, succinate, ascorbate, tartrate, gluconate, benzoate, malate, fumarate, and citrate;
R44 is selected from the group consisting of oxygen, C,-C,0 alkyl, C,-C,0alkenyl or C,-C,0alkynyl groups, C,-C6 cycloalkyl, and phenylmethyl; said C,-C10 alkyl, C,-C10alkenyl and C,-C10alkynyl groups being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, methylamino, dimethylamino, trimethylamino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, phenoxy, phenyl and C,-C0 alkyl; said C,-C6 cycloalkyl group being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, phenyl, and C,-C6 alkyl; said phenylmethyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, dimethylamino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, and phenyl;
A is selected from the group consisting of O, S, CH2, SO, or S02; and with the proviso that when R1-R, Ro-Ro and Rn is H, u is not oxygen.
The cryptolepine analogs of the Formula VI are useful as hypoglycemic agents.
The invention still further provides for a method of synthesizing novel cryptolepine analogs, comprising the step of alkylating a compound of Formula VII:
Figure imgf000019_0001
wherein:
R,, Rj, R3 and R, are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, nitro, S03H, COOR,2, OR13, NHR,3, phenyl, a C,-C10 alkyl group, a C,-C10 alkenyl group and a C,-C,0 alkynyl group; said phenyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, and phenyl; said C,-C,0 alkyl, C,-C,0alkenyl and C,-C,0 alkynyl groups being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of C,-C6 alkyl and phenyl;
Ro, R7, R8 and R9 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, nitro, S03H, COOR12, ORι3, NHR,3, SR13, phenyl, a C,-C,0 alkyl group, a C,-C,0 alkenyl group and a C,-C10 alkynyl group; said phenyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, and phenyl; said C,-C,0 alkyl group, 0,-0,0 alkenyl group and Cj-C,0 alkynyl groups being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of C,-C6 alkyl and phenyl; R„ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, azide, cyano, C00R,2, 0Ri3, NHRl3, SR,3, phenyl, a C,-C,0 alkyl group, a C,-C,0 alkenyl group and a C,-C,0 alkynyl group; said phenyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C0 alkyl, and phenyl; said C,-C,0 alkyl group, C,-C10 alkenyl group and C,-C10 alkynyl groups being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, mercapto, mercaptomethyl, cyano, NH, alkylammonium, dialkylammonium, trialkylammonium, C,-C0 alkyl and phenyl;
R,2is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and a C,-C6 alkyl group; said C,-C6 alkyl group being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of phenyl and C,-C3 alkyl;
R,3is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, phenyl and a C,-C6 alkyl group; said C,-C0 alkyl group being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of phenyl and C,-C3 alkyl; said phenyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, methoxy, ethoxy, hydroxy, amino, and C,-C6 alkyl;
B is selected from the group consisting of 0, S, CH2, SO, or S02, or NR,0; and
R,o is selected from the group consisting of methyl and hydrogen; with methyl trifluoromethanesulfonate to afford a cryptolepine analog having hypoglycemic activity. Preferred cryptolepine analogs of the present invention useful as hypoglycemic agents are:
5-Butylquindoline;
5-Benzylquindoline;
5,10-Dibenzylquindoline; 5-Methy1-11-(methoxycarbonyl)quindoline;
5-(4'-Fluorobenzyl)quindoline; 2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-chloroquindoline;
2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-chloroquindoline;
2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-(phenoxy)quindoline;
2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-(phenylamino)quindoline; 2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-phenylquindolinium chloride;
2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-[(4- chlorophenyl) thio]quindoline;
6-Methoxy-5-methylquindoline;
2-Chloro-5-methyl-ll-chloroquindoline; l-Chloro-5-methyl-ll-chloroquindoline;
2-Fluoro-5-methylquindoline;
7-Bromo-8-chloro-5-methylquindoline;
7-Bromo-6-chloro-5-methylquindoline;
7-Fluoro-ll-iodo-5-methylquindoline; 7-Fluoro-ll-chloroquindoline; ll-Chloro-6-fluoro-5-methylquindoline; ll-Chloro-8-fluoro-5-methylquindoline; ll-Chloro-9-fluoro-5-methylquindoline;
9-Fluoro-11-iodo-5-methylquindoline; 9-Fluoro-ll-chloroquindoline; ll-Chloro-7-phenyl-5-methylquindoline;
4,ll-Dichloro-5-methylquindoline; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
Especially preferred cryptolepine analogs of the present invention useful as hypoglycemic agents are:
2-Fluoro-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride (Compound A) ;
7-Bromo-8-chloro-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride (Compound B) ; 5-Ethylquindolinium hydrochloride (Compound C) ;
5-Butylquindolinium hydrochloride (Compound D) ;
7-Fluoro-ll-iodo-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride (Compound E) ;
9-Fluoro-ll-iodo-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride (Compound F) ;
5-(4'-Fluorobenzyl)quindolinium hydrochloride
(Compound G) ; 2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-(phenylamino)quindolinium hydrochloride (Compound H) ;
2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-(phenoxy)quindolinium hydrochloride (Compound I) ; 5-Methylquindoline (Compound J) ;
5-Methylquindolinium hydrochloride (Compound K) ;
5-Benzylquindolinium hydrochloride (Compound L) ;
5,10-Dibenzylquindolinium chloride (Compound M) ;
5,10-Dimethyl-ll-methoxycarbonylquindolinium iodide (Compound N) ;
5-Methyl-ll-methoxycarbonyl quindolinium hydroiodide (Compound 0) ;
6-Methoxy-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride (Compound P) ; 5-methyl-ll-chloroquindolinium hydrochloride
(Compound Q) ;
2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-chloroquindolinium hydrochloride (Compound R) ; ll-Chloro-5-methylbenzofuro[3, 2- b]quinoline trifluoromethanesulfonate (Compound S) ;
2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-phenylquindolinium hydrochloride (Compound T) ; ll-Chloro-5-methylbenzothieno[3, 2- b]quinolinium trifluoromethanesulfonate (Compound U) ; ll-(4-Chlorophenylthio)-5-methylbenzofuro[3, 2- b]quinolinium chloride (Compound V) ;
2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-[ (4-chlorophenyl) thio]quindolinium hydrochloride (Compound W) ; ll-Chloro-6-fluoro-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride (Compound X) ;
2-Chloro-5-methyl-ll-chloroquindolinium hydrochloride (Compound Y) ; ll-Chloro-5-methylindeno[1, 2-b]quinolinium trifluoromethanesulfonate (Compound Z) ; ll-[(4- Chlorophenyl)thio]-5-methylindeno[l,2-b] quinolinium chloride (Compound AA) ; l-Chloro-5-methyl-ll-chloroquindoliniuro hydrochloride (Compound AB) ; ll-Chloro-8-fluoro-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride (Compound AC) ; ll-Chloro-7-phenyl-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride (Compound AD) ;
5-Methylquindolinium hydroiodide (Compound AE) ; and
4,11-Dichloroquindolinium hydrochloride (Compound AF) . The present invention may be understood more fully by reference to the following figures, detailed description and illustrative examples which are intended to exemplify non-limiting embodiments of the invention.
4. DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
Fig. 1 is a flow chart describing a general preparation of cryptolepines of Formulae III and IV from isatins and indolines. R1-R4, RO~RQ and R,, are defined above in Section 3; W, = CH3CO and H. Fig. 2 is a flow chart describing a general preparation of cryptolepines of Formulae III and IV from nitrobenzaldehydes and indolines. R1-R, Rβ-Ro and R,, are defined above in Section 3; W2 = CH3C0 and H; and X' is halogen, CH3S03", CH3OS03 ' and CF3S03 ". Fig. 3 is a flow chart describing a general preparation of indolines from benzoic acids. Rβ-Ro are defined above in Section 3.
Fig. 4 is a flow chart describing a general preparation of cryptolepines of Formulae III and IV from anthranilic acids. R1- ,
Figure imgf000023_0001
and Rπ are defined above in Section 3; W3 - Br and Cl; W4 » Cl, Br and I.
Fig. 5 is a flow chart describing a general preparation of cryptolepines of Formula IV from quindolines of Formula VII. 1-R4, Rή-Ro and Rπ are defined above in Section 3; W4 - Cl, Br and I; Ws « Cl, Br, I, OS02Me and OS02CF3; W6 « Cl, Br, I, 0S02Me and OS02CF3. Fig. 6 is part l of a flow chart describing a general preparation of cryptolepine analogs of Formula VI. R,-R,, Rβ-Ro, Ru and A are defined above in Section 3, except that A ≠ CH2; E - O, S, SO and S02; W3 = Br and Cl; W4 = Cl, Br 5 and I; W6 - Cl, Br, I, OSOjMe and OS02CF3; and G = N or N+-0\
Fig. 7 is an additional flow chart describing a general preparation of cryptolepine analogs of Formula VI. R1-R4, Rβ-Rg and R„ are defined above in Section 3; W3 = Br and Cl; W4 - Cl, Br and I; H, - Cl, Br, I, OSO^e and OS02CF3; and G 10 m N or N+-0-.
Fig. 8 is a flow chart describing a general preparation of cryptolepine analogs of Formulae III, IV and VI from cryptolepine analogs of Formulae IV and VI. I- I, Ro- R, Ru 44, A and X' are defined above in Section 3; W4 = Cl, I5 Br and I; W0 = Cl, Br, I, OSOjMe and 0S02CF3.
Fig. 9 is a flow chart describing a general preparation of 11-substituted cryptolepine analogs. R1-R4, o- R,, R,j-R,3 and B are defined above in Section 3, except that R„ is not COOR,2; W4 *= Cl, Br and I; Nu is halogen, azide, cyano, 20 HOR13, "OR,3, NH2R,J, "NHRI3, HSRI3, "SR13 or R,jM-, wherein ,, is phenyl, a C,-C10 alkyl group, a C,-C,0 alkenyl group or a C,-C,0 alkynyl group, wherein each member of said R^ is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, methylamino, dimethylamino,
25 trimethylamino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, phenoxy, phenyl and C,-C6 alkyl; said C,-C6 cycloalkyl group being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, phenyl, and C,-C6 alkyl.
30 5. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
5.1 SYNTHESIS OF THE CRYPTOLEPINE ANALOGS The cryptolepine analogs of the present invention can be prepared by the synthetic methods outlined below.
As shown in Fig. 1 cryptolepines of Formulae III
35 and IV can be prepared using suitably substituted indolines 1 and suitably substituted isatins 2. The general procedure described in Fig. 1 to prepare quindolines 4 and cryptolepines of Formula IV is novel. Previous reports used to prepare the parent quindoline 4 and parent cryptolepine of Formula IV (R, « R2 *= R3 = R, « * = R7 « Rg « R, = H) are as follows: [(1) Holt, J. S.; Petrow, v. J. Chem . Soc . 1947, 607; (2) Fichter, F. ; Boehringer, R. Chem . Ber. 1906, 3932; (3) Degutis, Y. A.; Ezyarskaite, A. B. Khim . Geterotsik . Soedin . 1986, 1375]. A substituted isatin 1 is treated with a substituted indoline 2 in the presence of a base to give quindoline carboxylic acid 3. Preferable bases include potassium hydroxide and sodium hydroxide. Preferably, the reaction is conducted in an inert atmosphere. Decarboxylation of 3 in a high boiling solvent, preferably diphenyl ether, provides quindoline 4. Alkylation of quindolines 4 with conventional methylating agents such as dimethyl sulfate, methyl methanesulfonate, methyl trifluoromethanesulfonate and preferably methyl iodide provides the quindolinium salts which can be ion-exchanged by methods known to those skilled in the art to afford the quindolinium iodide of Formula IV. The methylation is performed in the presence of a polar organic solvent, preferably methanol. The methylation reaction may optionally be performed under pressure, preferably under high pressure in a teflon-lined Parr bomb. Other preferred methods of performing this alkylation step are described in the following Figs. 2-9.
The free base of Formula IV can be prepared by treatment of the compound of Formula IV with base, preferably with an aqueous solution of Na2C03, K2C03, KOH, or NaOH, to provide cryptolepines of Formula III. The conversion of cryptolepines of Formula IV into cryptolepines of Formula III is most preferably achieved by adsorbing the quindolinium salt of Formula IV onto a solid basic support such as Na2C03, pouring the adsorbate on a column of basic alumina or any other basic solid phase support column and eluting with a polar organic solvent system, preferably ethanol-free chloroform, to remove any quindoline 4 impurities; elution with ethanol-chloroform (0.5-5% methanol- chloroform) provides cryptolepines of Formula III.
Quindoline precursors 4 necessary for the preparation of cryptolepine analogs of Formulae III and IV can also be prepared by other methods. For example, a suitably substituted anthranilic acid derivative may be condensed with an analogously substituted hydroxyindole in the presence of Ba(OH)2, followed by decarboxylation in the presence of potassium hydroxide and zinc or sodium amalgam to give substituted quindolines 4 [(1) Giraud, E. Compt . Rend .
1879, 89, 104; (2) Giraud, E. Compt. Rend . 1880, 90 , 1429;
(3) Schutzenberger, P. Compt. Rend . 1877, 85 , 147; (4)
Fichter, F. Rohner, B. Chem . Ber. 1910, 43 , 3489].
Alternatively, a substituted l,2-(o-nitrophenyl)-l- cyanoethane can be heated in the presence of ammonium sulfide in alcohol to obtain substituted quindoline precursors 4
[Gabriel, P.; Eschenbach, H. Chem . Ber . 1897, 30 , 3020].
Substituted quindolines 4 can also be obtained from substituted bis(o-nitrobenzyl)malonate which, after decarboxylation with alkali, can be heated in the presence of
HI/P [Fichter, F. ; Boehringer, R. Chem. Ber. 1906, 39 , 3932]. Nitro and amino quindolines 4 can be prepared using literature methods [(1) Giraud, E. Compt . Rend . 1880, 90 ,
1429-1430; (2) Holt, J. S. ; Petrow, V. J. Chem . Soc . 1947, 607; (3) Chang, M.-r.; Takeuchi, Y.; Hashigaki, K. ; Yamato,
M. Heterocycles 1992, 33 , 147; (4) Holt, J. S.; Petrow, V. J.
Chem . Soc . 1948, 919; (5) Holt, J. S.; Petrow, V. J. Chem .
SOC. 1948, 922.
Other routes to quindolines 4 or cryptolepines of Formula III or IV may also be used [(1) Armit, J. W. ;
Robinson, R. J. J. Chem . Soc . 1922, 827; (2) Gellert, E. ;
Ha et, R. ; Schlittler, E. Helv . Chim . Acta 1951, 34 , 642; (3)
Fichter, F.; Probst, H. Chem . Ber. 1907, 40 , 3478; (4)
Sevodin, V. P.; Velezheva, V. S.; Erofeev, Y. U. ; Surorov, N. N. Khim . Geterotsik . Soedin . 1984, 1667; (5) Sevodin, V. P.;
Velezheva, V. S. ; Surorov, N. N. Khim . Geterotsik . Soedin .
1982, 1125; (6) Holt, J. S. ; Petrow, V. J. Chem. Soc. 1948, 919; (7) Holt, J. S.; Petrow, V. J. Chem. Soc . 1948, 922; (8) Schulte, K. E. ; Reisch, J.; Stoess, U. Arch. Pharm . 1972, 305 , 523; (9) Ablordeppey, S. Y. S. In The First International Seminar on Cryptolepine, Proceedings; Boakye-Yiadom, E. ; Bamgbose, O. A., Ed; July 27-30, 1983; pp 30-36; (10) Gδrlitzer, K. ; Weber, J. Arch. Pharm . (Weinheim) 1981, 314 , 850].
Cryptolepines of Formulae III and IV can also be prepared as described in Fig. 2 from suitably substituted nitrobenzaldehydes and suitably substituted indolines. The condensation of substituted indolines 5 with substituted nitrobenzaldehydes 6 is carried out in a nonpolar organic solvent, preferably benzene or toluene, in the presence of a catalytic amount of base, preferably an organic amine base and most preferably piperidine, providing quindoline precursor 7 [Merour, J. Y.; Coadou, J. Y.; Tatibouet, F. Synthesis 1982, 1053]. Preferably the conversion of 6 to 7 is performed in an inert atmosphere. Hydrogenation of 7 provides quindolines 8. Alkylation of quindolines 8, as described above for the alkylation of quindolines 4, provides the quindolinium iodides of Formula IV. The conversion of cryptolepines of Formula IV into cryptolepines of Formula III is performed as described above.
The requisite indolines 1 and 5 used for the preparation of cryptolepines of Formulae III and IV described in Figs. 1 and 2 can be obtained commercially or obtained by synthesis using the general description shown in Fig. 3 from modified literature procedures [ (1) Merour, J. Y.; Coadou, J. Y.; Tatibouet, F. Synthesis 1982, 1053; (2) Nenitzescu, C. D.; Raileanu, D. Chem. Ber. 1958, 91 , 1141]. Suitably substituted bromobenzoic acids 9 are condensed with glycine to provide anthranilic acids 11, preferably in the presence of CuBr catalyst. The conversion of 9 and 10 to 11, is preferably carried out in the presence of a base, preferably a member of the alkali metal or alkaline earth hydroxides, hydrogen carbonates or carbonates, and most preferably KOH or K2C03 as base. Useful solvents include polar organic solvents and preferably, water. Preferably, the reaction is performed at reflux temperatures and/or under pressure in a pressure vessel. Cyclization of anthranilic acids 11 using conventional dehydration means, preferably a mixture of acetic anhydride and sodium acetate in refluxing DMF provides indole diacetates 12 (i.e., indoline 1, wherein W, = CH3C0) . The cyclization reaction is performed in a polar organic solvent, preferably dimethylformamide, at a temperature exceeding room temperature, preferably at reflux. O-Deacetylation of indoles 12 to indoles 13 (i.e., indoline 5) is preferably accomplished using sodium sulfite in aqueous ethanol under reflux conditions [Galun, A.; Kampf, A.; Markus, A. J. Heterocyclic Chem . 1979, 16 , 641].
The requisite isatins 2 (indole-2,3-diones) for the preparation of cryptolepines of Formula III and IV described in Figures 1 and 2 can be obtained commercially or obtained by synthesis using literature methods [(l) Yen, V. Q. ; Buu-Hoi, N. P.; Xuong, N. D. J. Org . Chem . 1958, 23 , 1858; (2) Sandmeyer, T. Helv. Chim . Acta 1919, 2 , 237; (3) Sandmeyer, T. Helv. Chim. Acta , 1919, 2 , 239; (4) Sumpter, W. C. Chem Rev . 1944, 34 , 407; (5) Popp, F. D. Adv. Heterocyclic Chem . . 1975, 18 , 2-58].
Quindolines of Formulae III and IV can also be prepared as described in Fig. 4 from suitably substituted anthranilic acids 14. The general procedure outlined in Fig. 4 for the synthesis of quindolines 19 has been modified slightly from previously described procedures [(l) Yamato, M.; Takeuchi, Y.; Chang, M.- r.; Hashigaki, K. Chem . Pharm . Bull . 1992, 40 , 528; (2) Yamato, M. ; Takeuchi, Y.; Chang, M.-r.; Hashigaki, K. ; Tsuruo, T. ; Tashiro, T. ; Tsukagoshi, S. Chem . Pharm . Bull . 1990, 38 , 3048; (3) Takeuchi, Y.; Chang, M.-r.; Hashigaki, K. ; Yamato, M. Chem . Pharm . Bull . 1991, 39 , 1629; (4) Chang, M.-r.; Takeuchi, Y.; Hashigaki, K. ; Yamato, M. Heterocycles 1992, 33 , 147; (5) Takeuchi, Y.; Chang, M.-r.; Hashigaki, K. ; Tashiro, T. ; Tsuruo, T. ; Tsukagoshi, S.; Yamato, M. Chem. Pharm . Bull . 1992, 40 , 1481; (6) Gδrlitzer, K. ; Stockmann, R. ; Walter, W. D. Pharmazie, 1994, 49 , 231]. Suitably substituted anthranilic acids 14 are acylated with chloroacetyl chloride or bromoacetyl bromide in a polar solvent such as DMF, dioxane, or DMF/dioxane mixtures to provide acylanthranilic acids 15 [(1) Ossman, A. E. ; El-Zahabi, M. M. ; El-Hakim, A. E. ; Osman, A. N. Egypt . J. Chem. 1988, 31 , 381; (2) Uskokovic, M. R. ; Wenner, W. US Patent 3,374,264]. Amination of acylanthranilic acids 15 with suitably substituted anilines 16 provides anthranilic acid derivatives 17. Presumed Bischler-Napieralski reaction [(1) Gδrlitzer, K. ; Weber, J. Arch. Pharm . (Weinheim) 1981, 314 , 852; (2) Bischler, A.; Napieralski, B. Chem. Ber. 1893, 26 , 1903; (3) Govindochari, T. R. Org. React . 1951, 6, 74] and subsequent cyclization using an acid such as polyphosphoric acid provides quindolines 18. Preferably, the ratio of polyphosphoric acid (PPA) to anthranilic acid derivates 17 is approximately 10:1 (w/w), the reaction temperature is between 100-120°C, and an aqueous triturative workup is used to remove phosphorous-derived impurities. Haloquindolines 19 are prepared by treatment of quindolones 18 with dehydrohalogenating agents such as POCl3, PC15, mixtures of POCl3 and PC15 or PBr3. Preferably, mixtures of POCl3 or POCl3/PClj mixtures are used. Alkylation of quindoline 19 with conventional methylating agents, such as those methods recited above, preferably under pressure in a pressure vessel, provides the quindolinium iodides of Formula IV. Preferably, the methylating agent is methyl iodide. The alkylation is performed in a polar organic solvent, preferably an alcoholic solvent and most preferably methanol. Most preferably, the pressure vessel is a teflon-lined Parr bomb. Under these conditions, trans-halogenation occurs, providing ll-iodocryptolepines of Formula IV. other preferred methods for alkylating quindolines 19, some of which avoid trans-halogenation, are described in Fig. 5. The free base of Formula IV, represented by Formula III, can be prepared by those methods described above.
Fig. 5 outlines a general process for preparing cryptolepine analogs of Formula IV from quindolines 19. Alkylation of 19 with an alkylating agent (R,0W5) such as an alkyl or aralkylhalide, a dialkyl or diaralkylsulfate, or an alkyl or aralkyltriflate in the presence of base provides 10-alkyl or aralkylquindolines 20. Preferably, the alkylating agents are aralkyl bromides, aralkyl iodides, alkyl iodides, and alkyl triflates. Preferred bases include NaOH, KOH, Na2C03, and K2C03. The 10-alkyl and 10-aralkyl quindolines 20 can be subsequently alkylated at the N-5 position using an alkylating agent (R5W6) , preferably an alkyl halide or an aralkylhalide, in a pressure vessel to provide dialkylated cryptolepines 21. Alkylation of the quindolines 19 at the N-5 position can be effected by treatment with an alkyl halide or an aralkyl halide(R5W6) , preferably in a pressure vessel, to provide quindolines of Formula IV (22) . The preferred alkyl and aralkyl halides are the aralkyl bromides, aralkyl iodides, alkyl iodides. Preferred solvents used in the alkylation of 19 to 22 include chloroform, methylene chloride, toluene, and benzene.
Alternatively, as further illustrated in Fig. 5, cryptolepines 21 and 22 can be prepared from quindolines 20 and 19, respectively, using an alkylating agent, preferably a dialkylsulfate, in an inert solvent such as benzene or toluene at room temperature (rt) or reflux. N-5 cryptolepines 21 and 22 can also be prepared using an alkyl trifluoromethanesulfonate in an inert organic solvent, such as benzene or toluene. The use of a dialkyl sulfate or alkyl trifluoromethanesulfonate alkylating agent avoids trans- halogenation from occurring with quindolines 19 when W4 = halogen. Suitable solvents used in the alkyl trifluoromethanesulfonate alkylation at N-5 of 19 and 20 include dichloromethane, dichloroethane, chloroform, benzene, toluene, xylene, diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, t-butyl methyl ether, t-butyl ethyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, dimethylformamide, and mixtures thereof. Preferably, dichloromethane, dichloroethane, chloroform, benzene, or toluene is used. The reaction is run preferably between a temperature of 0βC and rt. Preferably, l to 2 equivalents of alkyl trifluoromethanesulfonate is used.
Di-N-alkylated cryptolepine analogs 24 can be prepared from quindolines 19 under forcing conditions using excess alkyl trifluoromethanesulfonate reagent and elevated temperatures, typically reflux conditions. Alternatively, N-5 alkylated cryptolepine 22 can be alkylated with a different alkylating agent, such as R,0WS to form differentially dialkylated cryptolepine 23, wherein R,0 is defined above in Section 3 and Ws is defined above in Section 4.
Fig. 6 outlines the preparation of cryptolepine analogs of Formula VI, wherein the N-R,0 substituent of 23 (Fig. 5) has been replaced with a heteroatom. For the preparation of Formula VI precursors 33 and 34, novel procedures are used. Previous literature methods used for the preparation of Formula VI precursors include: [(1) Yamato, M. ; Hashigaki, K. EP 0376166; (2) Yamato, M. US Patent 4826850; (3) Sunder, S.; Peet, N. P. J. Heterocyclic chem. 1978, 15, 1379; (4) Gorlitzer, K. ; Weber, J. Arch. Pharm (Weinheim) 1980, 314 , 76.]. Suitably substituted phenoxyacetyl chlorides 27 can be obtained commercially or synthetically from condensation with suitably substituted phenols 25 and halogenated acetic acids such as chloroacetic acid or bromoacetic acid, followed by conversion to the corresponding acid halides using thionyl chloride, thionyl bromide, or others methods used to prepare acid halides known to those skilled in the art. The phenoxyacetyl chlorides 27 are treated with suitably substituted anthranilic acids 14 under Schotten-Baumann conditions to provide anthranilic acids 29. Cyclization of the anthranilic acids 29 using an acid, preferably polyphosphoric acid, provides quinolones 31. Quinolones 31 are then treated with dehydrohalogenating agents such as P0C13, PClj, mixtures of POClj/PClj or PBr3 to provide fused haloquinolines 35 (G = N) . Haloquinolines 35 can optionally be oxidized by peroxide reagents such as peracetic acid, performic acid, m-chloroperbenzoic acid or other reagents commonly used by those skilled in the art to provide haloquinolines N-oxides 35 (G = N+-θ) .
The synthesis of fused quinolines 36 (G = N) begins with the suitably substituted thiophenols 26. Reaction of the thiophenols 26 by those methods used to convert 25 to 27 discussed above, provides the thiophenylacetyl chlorides 28. Reaction of the thiophenylacetyl chlorides with anthranilic acids 14 under Schotten-Baumann conditions to provide anthranilic acids 30. Cyclization of the anthranilic acids 30 using acid, preferably polyphosphoric acid, provides quinolones 32. Quinolones 32 are then treated with dehydrohalogenating agents such as P0C13, PC15, mixtures of POCl3/PClj or PBr3 to provide fused haloquinolines 36 (G = N) . Haloquinolines 36 can optionally be oxidized by peroxide reagents such as peracetic acid, performic acid, m-chloroperbenzoic acid or other reagents commonly used by those skilled in the art to provide haloquinoline sulfoxide N- oxides 37 (G = N+-0) and haloquinoline sulfone N- oxides 38 (G * N+-0) . Optionally, the haloquinoline sulfoxide N-oxides 37 (G « N+-0) and haloquinoline sulfone N-oxides 38 (G » N+-0) can be treated with triphenylphosphine or with other reagents commonly used by those skilled in the art to reduce N-oxide functionality to provide sulfoxides 37 and sulfones 38, wherein G ■ N. Alternatively, sulfoxides 37 and sulfones 38 can be prepared from fused quinoline 36 without N-oxidation using potassium permanganate/acetic acid [Bierer, D. E.; O,connell, J. F. ; Parquette, J. R.; Thompson, C. M. ; Rapoport, H. J. Org. Chem . 1992, 57, 1390]. Alternatively still, quinolone sulfoxide 33 and quinolone sulfone 34 can be prepared from quinolone 32 using those oxidizing agents useful for converting 36 to 37 or 38, described above. Subsequent treatment of 33 or 34 with P0C13, PC1S mixtures of POClj/PClj, or PBr3 provides fused quinolines 37 and 38, wherein G = N, respectively. Fused quinolines 35-38, wherein G = N, can be alkylated with RμWo, as described above in Fig. 5, wherein R^ and W6 are described above in Section 4, to provide quindolines of Formula VI (39) as described above.
Alternative literature methods can be used to synthesize fused quinolones 31, 32 and 34, and quinolines 35, 36, and 38 [(1) Gδrlitzer, K. ; Weber, J. Arch . Pharm
(Weinheim) 1980, 313 , 27; (2) Gδrlitzer, K. ; Weber, J. Arch. Pharm (Weinheim) 1980, 314 , 76; (3) Gδrlitzer, K. Arch. Pharm 1976, 309 , 18].
Fig. 7 outlines the preparation of cryptolepine analogs of Formula VI where A - CH2, using a modified literature procedure [Gδrlitzer, K. ; Weber, J. Arch. Pharm (Weinheim) 1979, 312 , 254]. Suitably substituted amino acetophenones 40 are treated with tosyl chloride to provide N-tosylamino acetophenones 41. Thiele-Falk condensation reaction of N-tosylamino acetophenones 41 with suitably substituted dialdehyde 42 provides indanone 43 which can exist as its tautomer 44 or as a mixture of the two tautomeric forms. Acid promoted cyclization of 43, preferably using polyphosphoric acid, provides fused quinolones 45. Treatment of the fused quinolones 45 with dehydrohalogenating reagents such as P0C13, PClj, mixtures of P0C13/PC15 or PBr3 provides haloquinolines 46, wherein G = N. Haloquinolines 46, wherein G « N, can optionally be oxidized by peroxide reagents such as peracetic acid, performic acid, m-chloroperbenzoic acid or other reagents commonly used by those skilled in the art to provide fused quinoline N-oxides 46 (G «= N+-0) . Alternatively, fused quinolines 46, wherein G - N can be alkylated with W6 as described above in Figure 5, wherein u and W6 are described above in Section 4, to provide cryptolepines analogs of Formula VI (47) .
Alternative literature methods can be used to synthesize fused quinolones 46 [(1) Yamato, M. ; Hashigaki, K. EP 0376166; (2) Gδrlitzer, K. Arch. Pharm 1976, 309 , 18; (3) Schoen, J.; Bogdanowicz- Szwed, K. Rocz . Chem . 1964, 38, 425; c. A. 1964, 61 , 1828b; (4) Blount, B. K. ; Perkin, W. H.; Plant, S. G. P J. Chem . Soc. 1929, 1975]. Fig. 8 outlines a general procedure for preparing the free base of Formula IV cryptolepine analogs and for effecting counterion exchange for cryptolepine analogs of Formulae IV and VI. Formula IV cryptolepines 22 can be converted to their free base forms (48) by treatment with an aqueous basic solution, wherein the base is preferably Na2C03, K2C03, KOH, or NaOH, to provide cryptolepines of Formula III. Other aqueous solutions of bases commonly employed in the art may also apply. The conversion of cryptolepines 22 into cryptolepines 48 is most preferably achieved by adsorbing the quindolinium salts 22 onto a solid basic support, pouring the adsorbate on a basic alumina column and eluting with a polar organic solvent system, preferably ethanol-free chloroform, to remove any unalkylated quindoline impurities. Elution, preferably with methanol-chloroform and most preferably with 0.5-5% methanol-chloroform, provides cryptolepines of Formula III. Preferably, the solid basic support is Na2C03.
Cryptolepines 48 can optionally be treated with an acid to provide cryptolepine salts 49. Alternatively, cryptolepines 22 can be converted to alternative salt forms using ion exchange technology commonly employed in the art to provide cryptolepine salts 49. Dialkylated cryptolepines 23 and Formula VI alkylated quinolines 39 can be converted to alternative salt forms using ion exchange technology commonly employed in the art to provide cryptolepine salts 50 and cryptolepine salts 51, respectively.
Fig. 9 outlines a general procedure for the preparation of 11-substituted cryptolepine analogs from cryptolepines 52. The procedures described are modifications of literature methods [(1) Gδrlitzer, K.; Weber, J. Arch. Pharm. (Weinheim) 1982, 315 , 532; (2) Yamato, M. ; Takeuchi, Y.; Chang, M.-r.; Hashigaki, K. ; Tsuruo, T.; Tashiro, T.; Tsukagoshi, S. Chem . Pharm . Bull . 1990, 38 , 3048; (3) Yamato, M; Takeuchi, Y. ; Hashigaki, K. ; Ikeda, Y.; Chang, M.-r.; Takeuchi, K.; Matsushima, M. ; Tsuruo, T. ; Tashiro, T.;
Tsukagoshi, S.; Yamashita, Y.; Nakano, H. J. Med. Chem. 1989, 32, 1295; (4) Takeuchi, Y.; Chang, M.-r.; Hashigaki, K. ; Yamato, M. Chem . Pharm . Bull . 1991, 39 , 1629; (5) Chang, M.-r.; Takeuchi, Y.; Hashigaki, K. ; Yamato, M. Heterocycles 1992, 33 , 147; (6) Takeuchi, Y.; Chang, M.-r.; Hashigaki, K.; Tashiro, T. ; Tsuruo, T.; Tsukagoshi, S. ; Yamato, M. Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1992, 40 , 1481; (7) Gδrlitzer, K. ; Stockmann, R. ; Walter, R. D. Pharmazie 1995, 50 , 105]. Treatment of quindolines 52 with halide nucleophiles such as iodide, chloride, or bromide provides trans-halogenated cryptolepine analogs 53. Treatment with nucleophiles such as azide or cyanide ion provides the corresponding 11-substituted azido and cyano cryptolepine analogs 53. Treatment with phenols or phenolate anions provides the 11-substituted phenoxide cryptolepine analogs 53. Treatment with anilines or deprotonated anilines provides 11-substituted aminophenyl cryptolepine analogs 53. Treatment with thiophenols or thiophenolates provides the corresponding thiophenyl cryptolepine analogs 53. Treatment with organometallic reagents such as alkyl lithiums, alkyl potassiums, alkyl sodiums, or alkyl Grignard reagents provides the corresponding 11-alkylated cryptolepine analogs 53.
Treatment with organometallic reagents such as aryl lithiums, aryl potassiums, aryl sodiums, or aryl Grignard reagents provides the corresponding 11-aryl cryptolepine analogs 53. In an alternate embodiment of the invention, cryptolepine analogs having hypoglycemic activity are obtained by a novel method of synthesis which comprises alkylating a compound of Formula VII with methyl trifluoromethanesulfonate . The alkylation reaction is performed by dissolving or suspending a compound of Formula VII in an organic solvent and adding to the resulting solution or suspension 1-10 equivalents, preferably 2-5 equivalents, of methyl trifluoromethanesulfonate. Reaction temperatures can vary from -78°C to reflux temperatures, preferably from -78°C to room temperature and most preferably from -78βC to 0βC. Suitable organic solvents useful include, but are not limited to diethyl ether, methylene chloride, chloroform, benzene, toluene and xylene. The alkylation reaction is optionally performed in the presence of an organic base such as triethylamine, pyridine, dimethylaminopyridine, Hiinig's base, lutidine and the like. Optionally, the alkylation reaction can be performed using biphasic conditions, preferably using mixtures of chlorinated hydrocarbon solvents and water. When biphasic conditions are used, it is preferable to use as a base an alkali metal or alkaline earth hydroxide, hydrogen carbonate or carbonate. The progress of the alkylation reaction of the compounds of Formula VII with methyl trifluoromethanesulfonate can be monitored by chromatography, such as thin-layer chromatography, or any other such techniques known to those skilled in the art.
5.2 METHODS FOR USE OF CRYPTOLEPINE ANALOGS
Due to the potent activity of the cryptolepine analogs of the present invention, cryptolepine analogs are advantageously useful in veterinary and human medicine for therapeutic treatment of diabetes mellitus. Additionally, the cryptolepine analogs can be advantageously be used as hypoglycemic agents to reduce the blood glucose level in situations of acute stress such as experienced by animals or patients with hyperthermia, trauma, sepsis, and burns and undergoing general anesthesia. Hyperglycemia sometimes associated with severe head injury, cerebral thrombosis, encephalitis and heat stroke can also be therapeutically treated with these cryptolepine analogs. Additionally, the cryptolepine analogs are useful as hypoglycemic agents for rare congenital metabolic glycogen storage disease associated with hyperglycemia.
Although the present inventors do not wish to be limited to any particular mechanism of action to explain the hypoglycemic activity of the cryptolepine analogs of the present invention, it is envisaged that they may advantageously be useful for treatment of both insulin- dependent or type I diabetes (formerly termed juvenile-onset or ketosis-prone diabetes) and non-insulin-dependent or type II diabetes (formerly termed adult-onset, maturity-onset or nonketotic diabetes) .
When administered to a mammal for veterinary use or to a human for clinical use, the cryptolepine analogs can be used alone, or may be combined with any physiologically acceptable carrier such as water, an aqueous solution, normal saline, or other physiologically acceptable excipient. In general, the dosage would range from about 10-1000 g/kg/day, preferably about 10-250 mg/kg/day. The cryptolepine analogs can be administered by a number of routes, including, but not limited to: orally, injection including, but not limited to intravenously, intraperitoneally, subcutaneously, intramuscularly, etc. The preferred route of administration is oral. Additionally, the cryptolepine analogs can be administered in conjunction with another hypoglycemic including such as insulin; a biguanide such as metformin or buformin; a sulfonylurea such as acetohexamide, chlorpropamide, tolazamide, tolbutamide, glyburide, glypizide or glyclazide; a thiazolidinedione such as troglitazone; an α-glycosidase inhibitor such as acarbose or iglatol; or a j83-adrenoceptor agonist such as CL-316, 243, etc.
The cryptolepine analogs of the present invention can be administered in an effective amount either as free bases or pharmaceutically acceptable salts using counter ions such as acetate, iodide, chloride, bromide, fluoride, hydroxide, sulfate, hydrogensulfate, methanesulfonate, trifluoromethanesulfonate, toluenesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, phosphate, hydrogenphosphate, dihydrogenphosphate, succinate, ascorbate, tartrate, gluconate, benzoate, malate, fumarate, and citrate. In addition, the cryptolepine analogs or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be used for research purposes, for example, to investigate the mechanism and activity of hypoglycemic agents. The following series of Examples are presented by way of illustration and not by way of limitation on the scope of the invention.
The following Examples are set forth to assist in understanding the invention and should not, of course, be construed as specifically limiting the invention described and claimed herein. Such variations of the inventions which would be within the purview of those in the art, including the substitution of all equivalents now known or later developed, including changes in formulation or minor changes in experimental design, are to be considered to fall within the scope of the invention as hereinafter claimed.
6. EXAMPLE: SYNTHESIS OF CRYPTOLEPINE ANALOGS 6.1 MATERIALS AND METHODS
Tetrahydrofuran (THF) was distilled from potassium/benzophenone; benzene, toluene, and methylene chloride were distilled from calcium hydride. Anhydrous dimethylformamide (DMF) and anhydrous chloroform were obtained from Aldrich. Methyl triflate was distilled prior to use and stored in a Schlenk flask under nitrogen. All other reagents were used as received. All moisture sensitive reactions were done under a nitrogen atmosphere, using dry solvents; air sensitive reactions were done under a nitrogen atmosphere. Evaporation of solvents was done at room temperature unless otherwise noted. Low pressure liquid chromatography (LPLC) for cryptolepine intermediates was performed on E. Merck 230-400 mesh silica gel using nitrogen pressure unless otherwise noted. Chromatography on the cryptolepine analogs was performed on Fisher Activity I basic alumina using ethanol-free chloroform. Preparative High- Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC) on cryptolepine analogs was performed using a Rainin HPLC equipped with two SD-1 pumps and UV-1 detector, with detection at 254 nm, and using a Hamilton PRP-1 reverse-phase column with an acetonitrile-water solvent gradient with 0.5% HCI. Analytical HPLC on cryptolepine analogs was performed on a Rainin HPLC equipped with two SD-1 pumps, a PDA-1 diode array detector, and a Sedex 55 light scattering detector, using a Hamilton PRP-1 reverse-phase column using an acetonitrile-water solvent gradient with 0.5% HCI. Η and ,3C NMR were provided by the Shaman Pharmaceutical Physical
Chemistry Department using a Varian 400 MHz spectrometer with chloroform as an internal reference unless otherwise noted. NMR shifts were expressed in ppm downfield from internal tetramethylsilane. NMR assignments were determined on the basis of COSY, NOESY, HMQC, HMBC and DEPT experiments performed on selected intermediates. NMR coupling constants are reported in Hertz. Mass spectrometry was performed by the Physical Chemistry Department at Shaman Pharmaceuticals. Melting points were determined using a Buchi model 535 melting point apparatus and are uncorrected.
6.2 CRYPTOLEPINE ANALOGS SYNTHESIZED
Example 1 Quindoline-11-carboxylic acid
In a 3-necked flask containing O-acetylindoxyl (25 g, 0.143 mol) was added under nitrogen with shaking a cooled solution of isatin 2 (21.25 g, 0.144 mol) in aqueous KOH (125.5 g KOH in 575 mL of water). The reaction mixture was stirred vigorously under nitrogen at room temperature for 3 days. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (250 mL) and then oxygen was bubbled through the mixture while it was heated for 20 min at 75-80°C. The reaction mixture was filtered hot, the filtrate was diluted with ethanol (750 mL) to dissolve the formed precipitate, and then concentrated HCI was added to adjust the pH of the solution to 4. The precipitate was filtered, washed with hot water, ethanol and then dried, yielding 28.2 g (75.2%) of the title compound; !H NMR (DMSO-dβ) δ 11.39 (s, IH, NH) , 9.14 (d, J = 7.6, IH) , 8.35 (d, J - 8.0, IH) , 8.25 (d, J ■ 7.2, IH) , 7.77 (d, J = 8.4, IH), 7.67 (m, 4H), 7.32 (t, J = 8.0, IH) ; ,3C NMR (DMSO-d6) 6 167.94, 147.15, 144.43, 143.42, 132.12, 130.20, 129.41, 126.37 , 125. 77 , 125. 27 , 123 . 82 , 121 . 22 , 120 . 60 , 120. 09 , 112 . 47 ; MS (El , m/z) 262 . 1 (M+ ) .
Example 2 Quindoline
A mixture of quindoline-11-carboxylic acid prepared in Example 1 (29.2 g, 0.111 mol) and diphenylether (300 mL) was refluxed for 6 hours, cooled to 30°C and diluted with petroleum ether (250 mL) . The precipitate which formed was filtered and washed with petroleum ether thoroughly, yielding 22.1 g (90.9%) of the title compound. A portion of this material was further purified by LPLC (ethyl acetate-hexane 1:3), mp 249-251°C [lit 251-252°C (Degutis, Y. A. ; Ezyarskaite, A. B. JChim. Geterotsik . Soedin . 1986, 1375)]; Η NMR (DMS0-d0) δ 11.43 (s, IH, NH) , 8.36 (d, J - 7.8, IH) , 8.29 (s, IH) , 8.19 (d, J - 8.4, IH) , 8.10 (d, J = 8.2, IH) , 7.67-7.53 (m, 4H) , 7.27 (t, J = 7.4, IH) ; 13C NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 145.72, 144.03, 143.39, 132.44, 129.68, 128.68, 127.48, 126.71, 126.01, 124..84, 121.34, 120.97, 119.33, 112.99, 111.49; MS (El, m/z) 218.1 (M+) .
Example 3 5-Methylquindolinium Hydroiodide (Cryptolepine Hydroiodide)
A mixture of quindoline (2.0 g, 9.2 mmol) from Example 2, methanol (5 mL) and methyl iodide (880 mL, 14.1 mmol) was heated in a bomb at 120°C for 4 hours. After cooling, the resulting brown precipitate (2.5 g, 75.5 %) was filtered and washed with ether. Recrystallization from water gave the title compound as bright yellow crystals, yield 50%, mp 283.5-284βC [lit 284-286°c (Gellert, E. ; Raymond-Hamet; Schlittler, E. Helv. Chim . Acta 1951, 34 , 642-651)]; Η NMR (DMSO-Cl δ 12.87 (S, IH, NH) , 9.28 (s, IH, H„) , 8.79 (d, J = 8.4, IH, Ho), 8.75 (d, J = 9.2, IH, H4) , 8.57 (d, J = 8.3, IH, H,), 8.16 (t, J = 7.6, IH, H3) , 7.94 -7.92 (dd, J = 7.2, J = 7.0, 2H, H2and H8) , 7.82 (d, J = 8.4, IH, H9) , 7.51 (t, J = 7.0, IH, H7) , 5.02 (s, 3H, NCH3) ; ,3C NMR (DMSO-d δ 145.62, 137.97, 135.25, 133.87, 133.16, 132.34, 129.76, 126.99, 126.21, 126.13, 124.72, 121.31, 117.78, 113.76, 113.10, 40.19; MS (El, m/Z) 232.1 (M+) .
5 Exam le 4
5-Methylquindoline (Cryptolepine) 5-Methylquindolinium hydroiodide (1.5 g, 4.2 mmol) from Example 3 was shaken with a 5% solution of Na2C03 (100 mL) and extracted with chloroform (2 x 200 mL) . The extract
10 of the free base was purified on a basic alumina column using chloroform to elute the quindoline impurity; elution with 1-2% methanol in chloroform gave 0.5 g of the title compound as a purple solid, mp 178-180°C [lit 166-169°C (Gellert, E. ; Raymond-Hamet; Schlittler, E. Helv . Chim . Acta 1951, 34 ,
15 642-651)]; Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.92 (S, H„) , 8.50 (d, J = 9.2, IH, Ha) , 8.47 (d, J = 8.4, IH, H6) , 8.38 (d, J = 8.4, IH, H,) , 7,89 (t, J = 7.6, IH, H3) , 7.69-7.64 (m, 2H, H2 and H,) , 7.52 (t, J = 8.4, IH, H8) , 7.02 (t, J = 8.4, IH, H7) , 4.90 (s, 3H, NCH3) ; 13C NMR (DMSO-d.) δ 160.46, 144.76, 138.96, 132.56,
20 130.13, 129.47, 128.66, 126.15, 124.97, 124.26, 123.60, 119.30, 116.36, 116.23, 113.64, 38.73.
Example 5 5-Methylquindolinium Hydrochloride 25 (Cryptolepine Hydrochloride)
5-Methylquindolinium hydroiodide (1.6 g, 4.4 mmol) from Example 3 was adsorbed onto sodium carbonate and loaded onto a basic alumina column. The column was eluted with chloroform to remove the quindoline impurities. Elution with 30 1-2% methanol in chloroform provided purple fractions which were concentrated to a small volume, and then acidified with a 1M solution of HCI in ether to afford a yellow-orange precipitate. The solid was filtered, washed with ether and dried to yield 0.72 g of the title compound, mp 268°C [lit 35 263-265°C (Gellert, E. ; Raymond-Hamet; Schlittler, E. Helv . Chim. Acta 1951, 34 , 642-651)]. Example 6 5-Ethylquindolinium Hydroiodide and 5-Ethylquindolinium Hydrochloride A suspension of quindoline (1 g, 4.6 mmol) from 5 Example 2 and ethyl iodide (3 L, 37.7 mmol) was heated in a bomb at 135°C for 15 hours. The excess ethyl iodide was removed and the resulting brown precipitate was collected, washed with ether and dried, yielding 1.5 g (87.7%) of 5-ethylquindolinium hydroiodide. Recrystallization from 0 water afforded bright yellow crystals of 5-ethylquindolinium hydroiodide, mp 256βC [lit 222-223°C (Fichter, F. ; Boehringer, R. Ber 1906, 3941)]; Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 12.93 (s, IH, NH) , 9.32 (S, IH, H„) , 8.78 (d, J = 9.2, IH, H4) , 8.66 (d, J - 8.4, IH, Hs) , 8.60 (d, J = 8.0, IH, H,) , 8.18 (t, J - 7.6, 5 IH, H3) , 7.95 (dd, J = 8.0, J « 7.2, 2H, H2and H8) , 7.87 (d, J = 8.4, IH, H,) , 7.55 (t, J « 7.6, IH, H7) , 5.55 (q, J = 6.8, 2H, NCH2) , 1.76 (t, J - 7.2, 3H, CH3) ; ,3C NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 145.78, 136.92, 134.34, 133.94, 133.52, 132.71, 130.06, 127.09, 126.42, 125.50, 125.14, 121.81, 117.31, 113.35, © 112.80, 47.33, 13.30; MS (El, m/z) 246 (M+ -1)
5-Ethylquindolinium hydroiodide (0.75 g, 2.0 mmol) obtained above was shaken in an aqueous 5% solution of sodium carbonate (100 mL) , extracted with chloroform (2 x 250 ml) and concentrated to a small volume. Purification of the 5 concentrate was accomplished on a basic alumina column, first eluting with chloroform to remove impurities and then eluting with 1-2% ethyl alcohol in chloroform to elute the free base. The resulting purple extract was evaporated to a small volume and acidified with a 1.0 M HCI solution in ethyl ether to 0 afford after filtration and drying, 300 mg (52.8%) of 5-ethylguindolinium hydrochloride as yellow crystals, mp 268.5-269°C (decomp.); Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 13.29 (s, IH, NH) , 9.34 (s, IH, H„), 8.79 (d, J = 9.2, IH, H4) , 8.66 (d, J = 8.4, IH, He), 8.61 (dd, J = 1.6,J - 8.4, IH, H,) , 8.19 (t, J = 7.6, 5 IH, H3) , 7.96 (t, J = 7.2, J = 8.0, 2H, H2and H8) , 7.90 (d, J - 8.0, IH, H,), 7.56 (t, J = 7.6, IH, H7) , 5.56 (q, J = 7.2, 2H, NCH2) , 1.76 (t, J - 7.6, 3H, CH3) ; ,3C NMR (DMSO-d δ 145.88, 136.93, 134.34, 133.92, 133.60, 132.68, 130.11, 127.07, 126.44, 125.50, 125.18, 121.75, 117.30, 113.43, 112.79, 47.32, 13.29.
Example 7 5-Butylquindolinium Hydroiodide and 5- Butylquindolinium Hydrochloride A suspension of quindoline (1 g, 4.6 mmol) from Example 2 and butyl iodide (3 ml, 26.4 mmol) was heated in a bomb at 140°C for 16 hours and then cooled. The solid was filtered, washed thoroughly with ether, washed with 10% EtOH in ethyl ether and then dried to afford 5-butylquindolinium hydroiodide, 1.82 g (100%) as a brown solid. Recrystallization from water gave bright yellow crystals of 5-butylquindolinium hydroiodide, mp 252-253°C; JH NMR (DMSO-cL δ 12.96 (s, IH, NH) , 9.34 (s, IH, H„) , 8.77 (d, J = 9.2, IH, HJ , 8.61 (d, J «■ 8.4, IH, H6) , 8.54 (d, J = 8.4, IH, H,) , 8.19 (t, J - 8.4, IH, H3) , 7.96 (t, J = 8.4, J ■» 7.2, 2H, H2and H8) , 7.88 (d, J «- 8.4, IH, H9) , 7.58 (t, J - 7.2, IH,
H7) , 5.51 (t, « 7.2, 2H, N-CH2) , 2.09 (m, 2H) , 1.69 (m, 2H) , 1.00 (t, J 7.2, 3H, CH3) ; 13C NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 145.78, 137.07, 134.64, 133.93, 133.52, 132.71, 130.07, 127.11, 126.40, 125.38, 125.29, 121.88, 117.55, 113.47,112.89, 51.29, 30.11, 19.22, 13.83; MS (El, m/Z) 275 (M+) .
5-Butylquindolinium hydroiodide (0.8 g, 2.0 mmol) obtained above was shaken with an aqueous 5% solution sodium carbonate solution, extracted with chloroform (2 x 250 ml) , evaporated to a small volume and purified on alumina basic column, eluting first with chloroform to remove impurities and then eluting with 1-2 % ethyl alcohol in chloroform to elute the free base. The resulting purple extract was evaporated to a small volume and acidified with a solution of 1.0 M HCI in ethyl ether to afford 400 mg (63.5%) of 5- butylquindolinium chloride as yellow crystals, mp 253-254βC; 'H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 13.55 (S, IH, NH) , 9.35 (s, IH, H„) , 8.76 (d, J - 9.2, IH, H4), 8.61 (d, J = 8.4, IH, H6) , 8.52 (d, J *= 8.4, IH, Hι), 8.17 (t, J = 8.4, IH, H3) , 7.94 (t, J = 8.0, J - 8.4, 2H, H2and Hg) , 7.88 (d, J = 8.4, IH, H9) , 7.55 (t, J = 8.0, IH, H7), 5.50 (t, J - 7.6, 2H, N-CH2) , 2.08 (m, 2H) , 1.69 (m, 2H) , 1.00 (t, J - 7.2, 3H, CH3) ; 13C NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 145.85, 136.94, 134.58, 133.81, 133.53, 132.63, 130.09, 127.02, 126.36, 125.34, 125.22, 121.76, 117.51, 113.48, 112.75, 51.27, 30.11, 19.22, 13.83.
Example 8
5-Benzylquindolinium Hydrobromide and 5- Benzylquindolinium Hydrochloride A suspension of quindoline (1.0 g, 4.6 mmol) from Example 2, benzyl bromide (3 mL, 8.5 mmol) and chloroform (5 mL) was heated in a bomb at 140°C for 48 hours. After cooling, the reaction mixture was dissolved in a small amount chloroform. Ether (100 mL) was added, and the resulting precipitate was filtered and washed with ether to give 1.78 g (100%) of 5- benzylquindolinium hydrobromide as a greenish-yellow solid. A portion of the 5-benzyl quindolinium hydrobromide (0.9 g) obtained above was purified by LPLC on neutral alumina (Fisher) eluting with 1-2% MeOH in CHC13. The product containing fractions were combined, redissolved in a small amount of chloroform, and acidified with a solution of 1.0 M HCI in ether to give, after filtration and drying, 0.20 g (25 %) of 5-benzylquindolinium hydrochloride as yellow crystals, mp 241-242°C; Η NMR (DMSO-dβ) δ 13.40 (s, IH, NH) , 9.49 (s, IH, H„) , 8.68 (d, J - 8.2, IH, H6) , 8.53 (d, J - 8.8, IH, H4) , 8.31 (d, J ■ 8.4, IH, H,), 8.12 (t, J = 6.4, IH, H3) , 7.96 (t, J = 7.6, IH, Hg) , 7.90 (d, J ■ 5.2, 2H, H2 and H9) , 7.42- 7.32 ( , 4H, H7and arom) , 7.22 (d, J = 6.4, 2H) , 6.84 (s, 2H, NCH2) ; l3C NMR (DMSO-d δ 146.14, 138.11, 135.21, 134.16, 133.84, 133.28, 133.00, 130.23, 129.19, 128.14, 127.21,126.41, 126.10, 126.02, 125.24, 121.65, 117.59, 113.53, 112.86; MS (El, m/z) 308.1 (M+-1). Example 9 10-Methylquindolinium Hydrochloride and 10-Methylquindoline A mixture of powdered KOH (1.0 g, 17.8 mmol), BaO (2.8 g, 17.8 mmol), acetone (50 mL) and quindoline (1 g, 4.58 mmol) from Example 2 was refluxed for 1 hour, cooled to room temperature, and to it was added CH3I (1.42 ml, 3.25 g, 22.9 mmol) . The mixture was refluxed for 4 hours, cooled, filtered and the filtrate evaporated to dryness. The residue was extracted with ether (2 x 50 mL) and the ether solution was washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate and then filtered. A stream of HCI gas passed through the solution and the solid product was collected to give after drying, 0.9 g (73.2 %) of 10- methylquindolinium hydrochloride as a yellow solid.
The 10-methylquindolinium hydrochloride obtained above (250 mg, 0.9 mmol) was shaken with an aqueous 5% Na2C03 solution (50 mL) , extracted with ethyl ether (2 x 50 mL) and purified by HPLC (ethyl acetate-hexane 1:6) to give 100 mg (45.5%) of 10-methylquindoline; Η NMR (CDC13) δ 8.56 (d, J = 7.6, H, H8) , 8.34 (d, J « 8.4, IH, H4) , 7.94 (d, J = 8.0, IH, H,) , 7.85 (s, IH, H„) , 7.69- 7.61 (m, 2H, H3 and H6) , 7.56 (t, J - 7.2, IH, H2) , 7.37 (d, J = 8.4, IH, H,) , 7.33 (t, J = 7.6, IH, H7) , 3.82 (s, 3H, CH3) ; ,3C NMR (CDC13) δ 145.89, 144.84, 143.92, 133.98, 129.60, 129.12, 127.08, 126.75, 126.12, 125.14, 121.96, 121.47, 119.58, 110.58, 108.34, 28.98; MS (El, m/z) 232.1 (M+) .
Exam le io io-Butyloxycarbonylquindolinβ
To a suspension of quindoline (360 mg, 1.65 mmol) from Example 2 in acetonitrile (100 mL) was sequentially added a solution of NaOH (66 mg, 1.65 mmol) in water (2 mL) and di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (720 mg, 3.30 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 days, filtered, and the resulting filtrate was evaporated to dryness. Purification by LPLC (ethyl acetate-hexane 1:6) afforded 400 mg (76.3%) of the title compound as white crystals, mp 168°C; Η NMR (CDC13) δ 8.95 (s, IH, H„) , 8.49 (d, J ** 7.6, IH, H8) , 8.32 (d, J - 8.6, IH, H4) , 8.28 (d, J - 8.6, IH, H,), 7.98 (d, J - 8.0, IH, H3) , 7.43 (t, J - 6.8, IH, He), 7.65 (t, J - 7.4, IH, H2) , 7.58 (t, J - 8.2, IH, H9) , 7.48 (t, J = 7.2, IH, H7), 1.82 (s, 9H) ; ,3C NMR (CDC13) δ 150.87, 147.23, 145.86, 141.52, 131.17, 130.50, 128.95, 128.39, 128.14, 127.35, 125.82, 124.90, 123.76, 121.54, 120.78, 116.23, 84.58, 28.40; MS (El, m/z) 318.1 (M+) .
Example H Methylation of 10-Butyloxycarbonylquindoline A mixture of 10-butyloxycarbonylquindoline (100 mg, 0.31 mmol) from Example 10, methyl alcohol (5 mL) and methyl iodide (45 L, 0.70 mmol) was heated in a bomb at 120°C for 4 hours. After cooling, the resulting yellow precipitate (93 mg, 82.3 %) was filtered, washed with ethanol, then washed with ether and hexane to afford 5-methylquindolinium hydroiodide identical to that obtained above in Example 3.
Example 12 5,10-Dibenzylquindolinium Chloride A suspension of quindoline (1 g, 4.58 mmol) from Example 2, benzyl bromide (3 mL, 25.1 mmol) and dry chloroform (5 mL) was heated in a bomb at 140°C for 48 hours. A solution of agueous 5% Na2C03 (100 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was extracted with chloroform (2 x 250 mL) . The extract was evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified on a basic alumina column eluting with 1-2% MeOH in CHClj, and the combined fractions were acidified with a solution of 1.0 M HCI in ether and concentrated to afford 0.65 g (32.7%) of the title compound as an orange solid, mp 244.4-244-7°C;'H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 9.87 (s, IH) , 8.59 (d, J » 8.0, IH) , 8.55 (d, J - 9.2, IH) , 8.37 (d, J - 8.4, IH) , 8.04- 7.93 (m, 3H) , 7.45 (t, J - 7.2, IH) , 7.40- 7.28 (π, 10 H) , 6.87 (S, 2H) , 6.06 (s, 2H) ; ,3C NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 145.84, 138.05, 136.03, 135.36, 134.74, 134.46, 133.29, 133.14, 130.13, 129.19, 128.81, 128.18, 127.84, 127.65, 126.95, 126.49, 126.08, 125.63, 125.13, 122.13, 117.78, 113.11, 111.99,55.17, 5 46.28; MS (LSIMS, m/z) 399 (MH+) .
Example 13 Methyl 10-Methylquindoline-li-carboxylate A mixture of quindoline-11-carboxylic acid (2.6 g,
10 10 mmol) from Example 1, DMF (25 mL) , KOH (2.24 g, 40 mmol), BaO (6.27 g, 40 mmol) and methyl iodide (9.7 mL, 130 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for 48 hours, then partitioned between benzene (60 L) and water (100 mL) . The benzene layer was washed with water (2 x 60 mL) , dried and
15 concentrated. The residue was recrystallized from hexane to afford 1.14 g (39.3%) of the title compound as light yellow crystals, mp 127°C; Η NMR (CDC13) δ 8.49 (d, J - 8.0, IH) , 8.31(d, J = 8.0, IH) , 7.95 (d, J = 8.4, IH) , 7.68- 7.55 (m, 3H) , 7.42 (d,J - 8.0,1H), 7.37 (t, J = 7.2, IH) , 4.14 (S,
20 3H) , 3.79 (s, 3H) ; ,3C NMR (CDC13) δ 167.98, 146.93, 145.64, 143.25, 130.27, 129.66, 126.52, 123.55, 122.92, 122.02, 121.28, 120.42, 115.77, 108.70, 52.71, 30.75; MS (El, m/z) 290.1 (M+).
25 Exam le 3-4
5 ,10-Dimeth 1-11-(methox carbon 1)quindolinium Iodide A solution of methyl 10-methylquindoline-ll- carboxylate (0.5 g, 1.72 mmol) from Example 13 in methyl iodide (5 mL, 50.3 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for
30 48 hours. The excess of CH3I was removed in vacuo and the residue was dissolved in MeOH (10 mL) . Diethyl ether (30 mL) was added and the precipitate was filtered and washed thoroughly with diethyl ether to afford, after drying, 0.33 g (44.6%) of the title compound as an orange solid, mp
35 257.0-257.5°C (decomp.); Η NMR (DMSO-d δ 8.90 (dd, J - 2.8, J =9.2, 2H) , 8.33 (d, J = 8.0, IH) , 8.24 (t, J = 6.8, IH) , 8.10 (t, J = 5.2, 2H) , 8.04 (t, J = 8.4, IH) , 7.62 (t, J = 8.0, IH), 5.08 (s, 3H), 4.31 (S, 3H) , 3.99 (s, 3H) ; l3C NMR (DMSO-dβ) ϊ 164.95, 148.00, 140.47, 135.11, 134.96, 132.61, 129.99, 128.74, 126.96, 125.76, 124.86, 122.31, 122.27, 5 118.72, 113.60, 111.71, 54.67, 41.20, 30.98; MS (LSIMS, m/z) 305 (M+) .
Example 15 Methyl Quindoline-il-carboxylate 0 To a suspension of quindoline-11-carboxylic acid
(2.3 g, 8.77 mmol) from Example 1 in MeOH (50 mL) was added concentrated H2S04 (1.5 ml, 28 mmol). The resulting solution was refluxed for 8 hours, cooled, and partitioned between benzene (100 mL) and water (50 mL) . After adjusting the pH to 5 9 with a saturated solution of K2C03, the benzene layer was separated, washed with water, dried and concentrated. Purification by LPLC (EtOAc-hexane 1:3) gave 0.28 g of the title compound as greenish-yellow crystals (from hexane) , mp 152-153.5°C [lit 152.5-154°C (Degutis, Y. A.; Ezyarskaite, A. 0 B. Khim. Geterotsik. Soedin. 1986, 1375)]; >H NMR (CDC13) δ 9.75 (s, IH) , 9.09 (d, J - 6.4, IH) , 8.51 (d, J = 8.0, IH) , 8.38 (d, J = 7.2, IH) , 7.72-7.62 (m, 3H) , 7.49 (d, J = 8.0, IH), 7.38 (t, J = 8.0, IH) ; 13C NMR (CDC13) δ 168.19, 147.81,144.43, 143.56, 133.91, 130.50, 130.27, 127.40, 5 126.18, 125.05, 123.66, 122.23, 121.65, 121.06, 111.19, 109.21, 52.54; MS (El, m/z) 276 (M+) . Acidification of the water layer with HCI gave 1.8 g (78.3 %) of recovered starting material.
0 Example 16
5-Methyl-ll-(methoxycarbonyl)quindolinium Hydroiodide
A solution of methyl quindoline-11-carboxylate (0.16 g, 0.58 mmol) from Example 15 in methyl iodide (3 mL, 30.2 mmol) was stirred at rt for 48 hours. The excess of CH3I S was removed in vacuo and the residue was washed thoroughly with diethyl ether to afford the 0.06 g (25.0%) of the title compound as a red solid, mp 246.5-247.0°C; lH NMR (DMSO-d δ 12.70 (s, IH, NH) , 8.92 - 8.80 (m, 3H) , 8.22 (t, J = 8.0, IH) , 8.09 - 7.95 (m, 2H) , 7.94 (d, J = 8.0, IH) , 7.58 (t, J = 7.6, IH) ; ,3C NMR (DMSO-cL δ 164.01, 146.47, 141.01, 135.35, 135.14, 132.10, 131.94, 128.40, 126.89, 126.37, 122.88, 122.09, 118.60, 113.86, 113.54, 95.02, 54.20, 41.29; MS (LSIMS, m/Z) 291 (M+) .
Example 17 5-( •-Fluorobenzyl) uindolinium Hydrobromide and 5.(41-piuorobβnzy1)quindolinium Hydrochloride
A suspension of quindoline (0.7 g, 3.21 mmol) from Example 2, 4-fluorobenzyl bromide (2 mL, 16.0 mmol), and dry chloroform (4 mL) was heated in a bomb at 140°C for 48 hours. The resulting solution was treated with diethyl ether, and the formed precipitate was filtered and washed thoroughly with diethyl ether to afford, after drying, 1.30 g (100%) of 5-(4'- fluorobenzyl)quindolinium hydrobromide. A portion of this material (0.83 g) was purified by LPLC on neutral alumina, eluting with 1-2% MeOH in CHC13. The product- containing fractions were combined, concentrated to a small volume and acidified with a solution of 1.0 N HCI in diethyl ether to afford, following concentration and drying, 0.19 g (22.8%) of 5-(4*-fluorobenzyl)quindolinium hydrochloride as yellow crystals, mp 246.2-246.5°C; lH NMR (DMSO-d δ 13.50
(s, IH, NH) , 9.50 (S, IH) , 8.67 (d, J =7.6, IH) , 8.52 (d, J = 9.2, IH), 8.32 (d, J = 8.4, IH) , 8.12 (t, J = 7.6, IH) , 7.95 (t J = 7.6, IH) , 7.90 (d, J = 3.6, 2H) , 7.41 (m, IH) , 7.29 (dd, J = 5.6, J = 8.4, 2H) , 7.19 (t, J - 8.8, 2H) , 6.82 (s, 2H, NCH2);13C NMR (DMSO-d,) δ 161.74 (d, J - 244.1), 146.15, 138.07, 135.11, 134.14, 133.87, 132.99, 130.24, 129.45 (d, J = 2.8), 128.34 (d, J = 8.5), 127.18, 126.50, 126.47, 125.14, 121.65, 117.50, 116.00 (d, J = 22.1), 113.53, 112.78, 54.30; MS (El, m/Z) 326 (M+-H) . Example 18 6-Nitroquindoline and 8-Nitroquindoline To a suspension of quindolinium hydrochloride [(3.2 g, 1.25 mmol; obtained by acidification of quindoline
(example 2) with HCI)], in glacial acetic acid (100 mL) was added dropwise at 0°C HN03 (d 1.54, 50 mL) . The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours and poured into ice. The resulting precipitate was collected and washed with a saturated solution of NaHS04, water and dried to afford 2.4 g 72.5%) of an orange solid. TLC (silica gel, EtOAc-hexane, 1:1) showed two major spots with Rf 0.56 and R, 0.30. Separation of 1 g of this mixture by LPLC, eluting with EtOAc-hexane (1:3), afforded 290 mg of 6-nitroquindoline (Rf 0.56) and 600 mg of 8-nitroquindoline. The structures of the two compounds were determined by COSY, HMQC, and HMBC 2D-NMR.
Data for 6-nitroquinodoline: mp 273.9-274.2°C; *H NMR (DMSO-d δ 12.31 (s, IH, NH) , 8.78 (d, J = 7.2, IH) , 8.49 (d, J = 8.0, IH) , 8.47 (s, IH) , 8.21 (d, J = 8.8, IH) , 8.18 (d, J = 7.6, IH), 7.73 (t, J = 6.8, IH) , 7.62 (t, J - 8.0, IH) , 7.45 (t, J = 8.0, 1H);13C NMR (DMSO-d δ 144.40, 144.18, 136.83, 132.93, 131.95, 128.88, 128.74, 128.01, 127.27, 127.08, 125.82, 125.69 125.33, 119.15, 115.79; MS (El, /z) 263 (M+) .
Data for 8-nitroquindoline: mp >300°C; Η NMR (DMSO-d δ 12.22 (s, IH, NH) , 9.09 (d, J = 2.4, IH) , 8.46 (dd, J = 2.4, J = 8.8, IH) , 8.44 (s, IH) , 8.22, (d, J = 8.8, IH) , 8.15 (d, J - 8.0, IH) , 7.73 (t, J - 7.6, IH) , 7.70 (d, J = 8.8, IH) , 7.62 (t, J = 8.8, IH) ; l3C NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 147.10, 144.83, 144.08, 140.11, 133.36, 128.90, 127.84, 127.16, 127.10, 125.77, 124.92, 120.77, 117.50, 115.16, 111.84; MS
Figure imgf000050_0001
xa le 19 2-(Bromoacetamido)-5-fluorobenzoic Acid A solution of 2-amino-5-fluorobenzoic acid (15 g, 96.6 mmol) in dry DMF (35 mL) and dioxane (35 mL) was cooled to 0°C. Bromoacetylbromide (8.43 mL, 96.6 mmol) was added dropwise at 0°C over a 40 min period, and the reaction mixture was left overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C, and diluted slowly with water (300 mL) . The precipitate which formed was collected washed with 5% HBr (50 mL) and water, and dried, to afford 25.43 g (95.1%) of the title compound as a white solid, mp 191.2-191.8°C; Η NMR (acetone-d0) δ 11.60 (s, IH) , 8.71 (dd, J ■ 5.2, J = 9.2, IH) , 7.80 (dd, J = 3.2, J = 9.6, IH) , 7.48-7.43 (m, IH) , 4.18 (s, 2H) ; ,3C NMR (acetone-d6) δ 168.80, 165.71, 158.37 (d, J = 241.9), 138.56, 122.78 (d, J = 7.8), 122.70, 122.06 (d, J = 21.9), 117.98 (d, J ■ 24.0), 30.45; MS (El, m/z) 277 (M+).
Example 20
5-Fluoro-2-[(N-phenylamino)acetamido]benzole acid A solution of 2-(bromoacetamido)-5-fluorobenzoic acid from Example 19 (22.36 g, 91 mmol) and aniline (21 mL, 230 mmol) in dry DMF (150 mL) was heated at 85°C for 5 hours. TLC showed indicated the presence of unreacted starting. Additional aniline (5 mL, 52 mmol) was added, and the solution was heated at 120°C for 30 hours. After cooling, the reaction mixture was poured into ice-water (800 mL) and aqueous 5% KOH (100 mL) was added to adjust the pH to 10-11. The excess aniline was removed by extraction with CH2C12 (3 x 400 mL) and the aqueous layer was separated and acidified with aqueous 20% HBr. The resulting precipitate was collected, washed with water and dried, yielding 19.64 g (74.6%) of the title compound as white crystals, mp l94-195βC; lH NMR (acetone-d6) δ 11.87 (s, IH) , 8.88 (dd, J = 5.2, J = 9.6, IH) , 7.71 (dd, J = 3.2, J = 9.2, IH) , 7.45-7.39 (m, IH) , 7.14-7.10 (m, 2H) , 6.68-6.64 (m, 3H) , 3.92 (s, 2H) ; ,3C NMR (acetone-cL δ 171.30, 168.14, 163.22, 157.97 (d, J = 241.3), 148.97, 138.66, 129.82, 122.60 (d, J = 7.1), 121.90 (d, J = 21.9), 118.63, 117.78 (d, J = 24.0), 113.67, 50.07;
Figure imgf000052_0001
Example 21 2-Fluoro-11-quindolone A mixture of 5-fluoro-2-[ (N- phenylamino)acetamido] benzoic acid from Example 20 (4.5 g, 15.8 mmol) and polyphosphoric acid (PPA, 150 g) was heated with mechanical stirring at 130°C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into ice-water (1.2 L) , neutralized with saturated KOH solution and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 750 L) . The ethyl acetate layer was washed with water and brine, dried and concentrated to afford 2.25 g (56.3%) of the title compound as a yellow solid, mp >270°C. A portion of this material was purified by LPLC, eluting with EtOAc-MeOH (5:1); Η NMR (DMSO-dβ) δ 12.65 (s, NH) , 11.75 (s, NH) , 8.18 (d, J « 8.0, IH) , 7.99 (dd, J = 2.4,J = 9.6, IH) , 7.79 (dd, J = 4.4, J = 8.8, IH) , 7.60 (t, J = 8.0, IH) , 7.53-7.45 (m, 2H) , 7.21 (t, J - 7.6, IH) ; ,3C NMR (DMSO-d δ 166.37, 156.77 (d, J = 251.3), 138.85, 135.75, 129.34, 127.71, 123.45 (d, J = 6.0), 122.67, 120.91, 120.26 (d, J = 7.7), 119.65 (d, J = 26.5), 118.99, 115.74, 112.66, 108.75 (d, J = 23.1); MS (El, m/z) , 252 (M+-H) .
Example 22
2-Fluoro-ll-chloroquindoline
A solution of 2-fluoro-ll-quindolone from Example 21 (6.0 g, 23.8 mmol) in P0C13 (60 mL) was refluxed for 2 hours, allowed to cool, poured into ice, neutralized with saturated KOH solution, and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 500 mL) . The extract was washed with water and brine, dried, concentrated and purified by LPLC, eluting with EtOAc-hexane (1:6) to afford 3.5 g (54.5%) of the title compound as a yellow solid, mp 208.5-210.0°C; Η NMR (DMS0-d6) δ 11.89 (ε, NH) , 8.32 (S, J = 8.0, IH) , 8.29 (d, J = 5.2, IH) , 7.90 (dd, J = 2.8, J = 10.4, IH) , 7.69-7.60 (m, 3H) , 7.33 (t, J = 8.0, IH) ; ,3C NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 170.3, 159.98 (d, J = 258.1), 145.83, 144.00, 140.83, 132.25 (d, J = 10.5), 130.46, 130.41, 124.43 (d, J = 11.2), 121.62, 121.10, 120.39, 116.92 (d, J = 27.6), 112.06, 105.52 (d, J = 26.2); MS (El, m/z) 270 (M+) .
Example 23 2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-chloroquindolinium Hydrotrifluoromethanesulfonate
To a suspension of 2-fluoro-11-chloroquindoline from Example 22 (1.56 g, 5.76 mmol) in anhydrous toluene (50 mL) was added methyl triflate (1.89 g, 1.30 mL, 11.52 mmol) at room temperature and the reaction mixture was stirred for l day. The reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether (100 mL) and the solid was filtered and washed with ether. After drying, 2.40 g (96%) of the 2-fluoro-5-methyl-ll- chloroquindolinium hydrotrifluoromethanesulfonate product was obtained as an orange solid, mp 297.5-299.5°C; Η NMR (DMSO-cL δ 13.29 (s, IH) , 8.97 (dd, J = 10.0, J = 4.4, IH) , 8.82 (d, J = 8.4, IH) , 8.41 (dd, J « 9.6, J = 3.2, IH) , 8.26-8.18 (m, IH) , 7.99 (dt, J = 8.4, J = 0.8, IH) , 7.84 (d, J = 8.4, IH) , 7.57 (dt, J = 8.4, J = 0.8, IH) , 5.04 (S, 3H) ; 13C NMR (DMSO-d) δ 160.50 (d, J = 250.5), 145.92, 138.99, 134.85, 132.88, 132.54, 127.60 (d, J = 5.0), 126.74, 124.96 (d, J = 9.9), 122.48 (d, J = 10.0), 122.39 (d, J ■ 26.9), 122.26, 114.47, 113.49, 108.46 (d, J = 25.4), 40.99; MS (El, m/Z) 285 (M+) , 287 (M+2+) .
Example 24
2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-chloroquindolinβ To a suspension of the triflate salt obtained in Example 23 (2.34 g, 5.38 mmol) in chloroform (500 mL) was added aqueous 5% KOH. The chloroform layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with chloroform (5 x 350 mL) . The ensuing emulsion was separated from the aqueous layer. Anhydrous Na2C03 was added to the emulsion until it obtained a paste-like consistency. The aqueous layer was repeatedly extracted with chloroform until the aqueous layer was no longer purple. The NaC03 paste was ground with a mortar and pestle and exhaustively extracted with chloroform. All chloroform extracts were combined, dried over anhydrous Na2C03, filtered and concentrated. The resulting solid was resuspended in chloroform (800 mL) , solid anhydrous Na2C03 was added to the suspension (100 g) , and the mixture was sonicated and then concentrated. The resulting solid was poured onto a basic alumina column, eluted sequentially with chloroform (1000 mL) , EtOAc-chloroform (1:9, 1000 mL) , EtOAc-chloroform (1.5:8.5, 1000 mL) , EtOAc-chloroform (2.5:7.5, 1000 mL) , and EtOAc-chloroform (3.5:6.5, 1000 mL) to remove the impurities. Elution with 4% methanol in chloroform afforded 1.48 g (96.7%) of the title compound as a purple solid.
Example 25 2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-chloroquindolinium Hydrochloride A solution of 2-fluoro-5-methylquindoline from Example 24 (100 mg) in chloroform (50 mL) was treated at room temperature with a 1 M solution of HCI in ether until a yellow solution/precipitate formed. Methanol was added to homogenize the mixture and then the solution was concentrated. The resulting solid was recrystallized from hot CHC13 (50 mL)/Et0H (5 mL) , with a minimum amount of ether being added to facilitate the crystallization process. Filtration, followed by washing the product with diethyl ether and drying afforded 101 mg (90.2%) of the title compound as yellow crystals, mp 211.8- 212.5°C; Η NMR (DMSO-dj) δ 13.55 (s, IH) , 8.99 (dd, J = 10.0, J = 4.4, IH) , 8.82 (d, J « 8.4, IH) , 8.40 (dd, J = 9.2, J = 2.8, IH) , 8.25-8.18 (m, IH) , 7.99 (dt, J = 8.4, J = 0.8, IH) , 7.88 (d, B 8.0, IH) , 7.56 (dt, J = 8.4, J = 0.8, IH) , 5.04 (s, 3H) ; 13C NMR (DMSO-d^ δ 160.48 (d, J = 250.5), 146.01, 138.95, 134.75, 132.85, 132.53, 127.58 (d, J = 5.6), 126.71, 124.94 (d, J = 10.6), 122.51 (d, J = 9.3), 122.33 (d, J = 27.5), 122.20, 114.42, 113.56, 108.44 (d, J = 25.4), 40.02; MS (El, m/Z) 285 (M+) , 287 (M+2+) .
Example 26 2-Fluoro-5-mβthyl-ll-(phenox )quindolinium Hydrochloride
A solution of 2-fluoro-5-methyl-ll-chloroquindoline from Example 24 (510 mg, 1.79 mmol) and phenol (1.5 g, 15.96 mmol) in EtOCH2CH2OH (50 mL) was heated at 100°C for 10 min. During this time the color of the reaction mixture changed from purple to yellow, and a yellow precipitate formed. After cooling, the reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether (150 mL) and the precipitate was collected, washed thoroughly with diethyl ether and dried, providing 410 mg (60.5%) of the title compound, mp 249.5-249.8°C; Η NMR (DMSO-d δ 12.94 (s, IH) , 8.98 (dd, J = 4.4, J = 10.00, IH) , 8.84 (d, J = 8.4, IH) , 8.19-8.13 (m, IH) , 8.01 (dd, J = 2.8, J = 8.8, IH) , 7.94 (t, J = 8.4, IH) , 7.77 (d, J = 8.4, IH) , 7.55 (t, J = 8.4, IH) , 7.44-7.40 (m, 2H) , 7.22 (t, J = 8.4, IH) , 7.15-7.12 (m, 2H) , 5.06 (s, 3H) ; 13C NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 160.90, 157.69 (d, J = 152.9), 145.58, 144.49 (d, J = 5.2), 141.74, 134.57, 134.30, 130.29, 127.14, 126.18, 124.21, 122.41 (d, J = 8.2), 122.23 (d, J = 9.6), 122.02 (d, J = 10.4), 121.85, 116.10, 114.57, 113.51, 106.46 (d, J = 26.2), 40.60; MS (El, m/z) 341 (M+- H) .
Example 27 2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-(phenylamino)quindolinium Hydrochloride A solution of 2-fluoro-5-methyl-ll-chloroquindoline from Example 24 (530 mg, 1.79 mmol) and aniline (0.75 g, 8.06 mmol) in EtOCH2CH2OH (50 mL) was heated at 120°C for 10 min. During this time the color of the reaction mixture changed from purple to yellow, and a yellow precipitate formed. After cooling, the reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether (100 mL) and the precipitate was collected, washed thoroughly with diethyl ether and dried, providing 555 mg (79.4%) of the title compound, mp 280°C (sublimed); Η NMR (DMSO-d^ δ 11.26 (S, NH) , 10.62 (s, NH) , 8.64 (d, J = 8.0, 2H) , 8.46 (d, J = 9.2, IH) , 8.04 (t, J = 8.0, IH) , 7.77-7.68 (m, 2H) , 7.47-7.39 (m, 3H) , 7.29-7.22 (m, 3H) , 4.81 (s, 3H) ; 13C NMR (acetone-dj) δ 152.50 (d, J = 259.5), 136.01, 132.03 (d, J = 2.96), 130.95, 130.52, 127.76, 125.68, 123.12, 119.52, 117.72, 115.57, 115.32, 115.08, 113.86 (d, J = 9.6), 113.37, 112.07 (d, J ■ 9.7), 107.81, 106.57, 101.60 (d, J = 26.2), 32.13; MS (El, m/z) 340 (M+) .
Example 28 2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-phenylquindolinium Hydrochloride A suspension of 2-fluoro-5-methyl-ll- chloroquindoline from Example 24 (300 mg, 0.35 mmol) in dry dioxane (30 mL) was added to a 1.0 M solution of C6H5MgBr in ether (6 mL, 6.0 mmol, obtained from Aldrich Chemical Co.) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature, then heated for 1 hour at 50°C. The reaction mixture was cooled, poured into ice-water (300 mL) , allowed to stand overnight to effect hydrolysiε (pH ~7) , and then extracted with EtOAc (4 x 50 mL) and chloroform (4 x 50 mL) . The combined chloroform and ethyl acetate extractε were washed with water, dried, concentrated, and then purified by chromatography on a basic alumina column, eluting 0.5-1.5 % MeOH in CHC13. The product containing fractions were combined, acidified with 1.0 M HCI solution in ether and concentrated to afford 175 mg (45.8%) of the title compound as a yellow solid, mp 251.4-251.8°C; Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 12.44 (S, NH) , 9.00 (dd, J = 4.4, J = 9.2, IH) , 8.85 (d, J = 8.4, IH) , 8.17 (t, J = 7.6, IH) , 7.93 (t, J = 7.8, IH) , 7.81-7.79 (m, 4H), 7.74- 7.70 (m, 2H) , 7.62 (d, J = 9.2, IH) , 7.54 (t, J = 7.2, IH) , 5.12 (s, 3H) ; 13C NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 159.66 (J = 249.1), 146.35, 138.27, 136.45, 134.13, 132.80 (J = 4.2), 131.15, 130.34, 129.94, 129.60, 129.39, 126.20 (J = 9.9), 121.88 (J = 9.1), 121.72, 121.66, 121.46, 114.01, 113.49, 109.94 (J = 24.1), 49.94; (LSIMS, m/z) 327 (MH+) .
E am le 29 5 2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-[ (4-chlorophenyl)thio]quindolinium
Hydrochloride
To a solution of 2-fluoro-5-methyl-ll- chloroquindoline from Example 24 (56 mg, 0.209 mmol) in 2-ethoxyethanol (5 mL) was added 4-chlorothiophenol (36 mg,
10 120 mol%) . The reaction mixture was refluxed for 10 min, during which time the reaction mixture became orange and an orange precipitate formed. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, filtered, and the solid was washed with ether and dried, affording 60 mg (73%) of the title compound,
15 mp 254-256°C; lH NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 13.18 (s, IH, NH) , 9.00 (dd, IH, J = 4.4, J = 5.2), 8.85 (d, IH, J = 8.4), 8.36 (d, IH, J = 8.0), 8.15 (t, IH, J - 7.2), 7.98 (d, IH, J = 8.0), 7.57 (t, IH, J = 7.2), 7.38-7.33 (m, 4H)., 5.10 (s, 3H) ; ,3C NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 161.64, 159.15, 146.27, 138.88, 138.15, 134.90,
20 132.65, 132.35, 132.07, 130.45, 129.66, 128.60, 126.98 122.77, 122.67, 121.67, 121.41, 114.55, 113.64, 109.83, 109.58, 41.29; MS (FAB, m/Z) 393 (M+) .
ExaPPle 30 25 Phenylglycine-o-carboxylic Acid
To a solution of KOH (25 g, 440 mmol) and K2C03 (25 g, 180 mmol) in H20 (400 L) was added 2-bromobenzoic acid, (38.2 g, 190 mmol), followed by glycine (25 g, 330 mmol) and CuBr (540 mg, 3.76 mmol). This mixture was heated at reflux 30 for 4 h. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was filtered over a fritted funnel to remove traces of Cu and the filtrate was acidified to pH 3 with concentrated HCI. The precipitate was collected and dried to obtain 32.44 g (88%) of the title compound, mp 225.9-226.2°C (decomp., white S5 foam); IH NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 12.4 (br, IH) , 8.06 (br, IH) , 7.80 (m, IH) , 7.35 (m, IH) , 6.60 (m, 2H) , 3.99 (s, 2H) ; 13C NMR (DMSO-CL δ 171.8 , 169.7 , 150. 0 , 134 .4 , 131. 7 , 114 .7 , 111. 5 ,
110. 6 , 44 .4 ; MS (El , m/z) 195 (M+ ) .
Example 31 l-Acβtyl-3-acetoxyindole
To a mixture of phenylglycine-o-carboxylic acid obtained in Example 30 (2.30 g, 11.8 mmol) and NaOAc (3.75 g, 47.1 mmol) in DMF (29 mL) was slowly added Ac20 (11.7 mL, 118 mmol) and the mixture was refluxed for 2 hours. After cooling, the mixture was concentrated to 10 mL, partitioned between H20 (60 mL) and CHC13 (120 mL) , and the aqueous layer was extracted with CHC13 (3x) . The combined organics were washed with Na2C03 (1 M) , H20, brine and dried (MgS04) . Purification of the crude oil by LPLC, eluting with hexane-EtOAc (2:1), afforded 1.89 g (74%) of the title compound as a light yellow powder, RfO.34 (hexane-EtOAc 2:1), mp 79.6-80.5°C; *H NMR (CDC13) δ 8.47 (d, J = 8.0, IH) , 7.72 (S, IH) , 7.55 (d, J - 8.0, IH) , 7.40 (t, J - 8.0, IH) , 7.31 (t, J = 8.0, IH) , 2.62 (s, 3H) , 2.40 (s, 3H) , ,3C NMR (CDC13) δ 168.7, 167.8, 134.6, 132.8, 126.2, 123.7, 123.6, 117.4,
116.7, 113.3, 23.9, 21.0; MS (El, m/z) 217 (M+) .
Example 32 1-Acetylindoxyl With some modification, the procedure of Galen was used to obtain the title compound [Galun, A.; Kampf, A.; Markus, A. J. Heterocyclic Chem . , 1979, 16 , 221]. To a refluxing solution of l-acetyl-3-acetoxyindole obtained in Example 31 (1.88 g, 8.66 mmol) in EtOH (46 mL) was added a hot solution (ca 90°C) of Na2S03 (1.244 g, 9.87 mmol) in H20 (46 mL) . The mixture was refluxed for 10 min. , then cooled to room temperature. The EtOH was removed in vacuo and the aqueous layer extracted with CHC13 (3x) . The combined organic extracts were washed with H20, brine, dried (MgS04) and concentrated to afford 1.46 g (96%) of the title compound as a slightly greenish powder, Rf0.11 (hexane-EtOAc 2:1), mp 137.6-138.1°C (decomp) ; Η NMR (CDC13) δ 8.57 (d, J = 8.8, IH) , 7.76 (d, J = 7.6, IH) , 7.68 (t, J = 7.6, IH) , 7.24 (m, IH) , 4.31 (s, 2H) , 2.33 (s, 3H) ; 13C NMR (CDC13) δ 194.7, 168.1, 153.8, 137.4, 124.8, 124.2, 123.7, 118.6, 56.1, 24.3; MS (El, /Z) 175 (M+) .
Example 33 l-Acetyl-2-(2-nitrophenylmethylene)-3-oxo-2,3-dihydroindolβ
A solution of 1-acetylindoxyl obtained in Example 32 (1.92 g, 10.96 mmol), 2-nitrobenzaldehyde (2.03 g, 13.16 mmol) and piperidine (5 drops) in benzene (100 mL) was refluxed in a Dean-Stark apparatus for 5 hours, turning the solution red. After cooling, the solvent was evaporated and the residue triturated was with ether. The precipitate was filtered and purified by LPLC, eluting with CH2C12, to afford 1.34 g (40%) of the title compound as yellow crystals, RfO.38 (CH2C12) , mp 199.0-199.6°C (decomp) [lit 200°C (Buzas, A. ; Merour, J. Y. Synthesis 1989, 458)]; Η NMR (CDC13) δ 8.24 (d, J = 7.2, IH) , 8.09 (s, IH) , 8.04 (d, J = 8.4, IH) , 7.65-7.71 (m, 3H) , 7.59 (d, J = 8.8, 2H) , 7.26 (d, J = 7.2, IH) , 2.75 (s, 3H) ; l3C NMR (CDC13; one quaternary carbon missing or Obscured) S 183.6; 169.1, 148.6, 136.5, 133.9, 133.1, 132.2, 130.0, 129.3, 124.8, 124.7, 124.5, 124.4, 124.0, 117.2, 26.9;
MS (El, m/Z) 266 (M-C0CH3+) .
Example 34 10-Acetylquindoline A suspension of l-acetyl-2-(2-nitrophenyl methylene)-3-oxo-2,3-dihydroindole from Example 33 (220 mg, 0.71 mmol), 10% Pd/C (33 mg) and absolute EtOH (25 mL) was shaken on a Parr Shaker at 50 psi of H2 for 3 hours. The Pd catalyst was filtered off over a celite pad and the solvent was evaporated. The crude yellow product (209 mg, > 100%) was purified by LPLC, eluting with hexane-EtOAc (2:1), to afford 92 mg (50%) of the title compound as a light yellow solid (90% pure by NMR), Rf0.38 (hexane-EtOAc 1:1), mp 163.2-164.6°C [(lit 177-l78°c (Fichter, F. ; Boehringer, R. Chem . Ber. 1906, 39 , 3932)]; Η NMR (CDC13) δ 9.04 (s, IH) , 8.52 (d, J = 8.0, IH) , 8.28 (d, J = 8.8, IH) , 8.16 (d, J - 8.4, IH) , 8.02 (d, J = 8.4, IH) , 7.77 ( , IH) , 7.68 (m, IH) , 7.61 (m, IH) , 7.52 (m, IH) , 2.99 (s, 3H) ; ,3C NMR (CDC13)
169.7, 147.3, 145.9, 141.5, 137.5, 131.4, 130.6, 128.8, 128.6, 128.5, 127.3, 126.1, 124.4, 122.0, 121.6, 115.8, 27.6;
Figure imgf000060_0001
Example 35 l-Acetyl-2-(3-methoxy-2-nitrophenylmethylene)- 3-0x0-2,3-dihydroindole A solution of 2-acetylindoxyl from Example 32 (1.58 g, 9.0 mmol), 2-nitro-3-methoxybenzaldehyde (2.02 g, 10.8 mmol) and piperidine (5 drops) in benzene (150 mL) was refluxed in a Dean-Stark apparatus for 5 hours, turning the solution red. During the first three hours, the solvent from the Dean-Stark apparatus was removed 4 times and replaced with freshly diεtilled benzene. After cooling, the solvent was removed and concentrated to afford a residue. The residue was purified by LPLC, eluting with CH2C12, to afford 1.82 g (60%) of the title compound as shiny, yellow crystals. The product is an 85/5 E/Z mixture as determined by NMR, R, 0.19 (CH2C12) , mp 161.3- 161.9°C; lH NMR (CDC13) (major stereoisomer) c5 8.00 (d, J = 8.4, IH) , 7.72 (m, IH) , 7.65 (m, 2H), 7.47 (t, J = 8.0, IH) , 7.26 (d, J = 7.6, IH) , 7.19 (d, J = 8.0, IH) , 7.09 (d, J = 9.2, IH) , 3.94 (8, 3 H) , 2.65 (8, 3H) ; 13C NMR (CDC13; one quaternary carbon missing or obscured) (major stereoisomer) 183.0, 169.0, 151.2, 148.6, 136.6, 131.7, 130.9, 128.2, 124.8, 124.6, 122.1, 119.9, 117.1,
112.8, 56.5, 26.8; MS (El, m/z) 296 (M-COCH3+) .
Example 36 6-Methoxy-lO-acetylquindoline A suspension of l-acetyl-2-(3-methoxy-2- nitrophenylmethylene)-3-oxo-2,3-dihydroindole from Example 35 (460 g, 1.36 mmol), 10% Pd/C (70 mg) and MeOH (17 mL) was stirred under H2 at atmospheric pressure (balloon) for 3 hours. Additional Pd/C (70 mg) was added, a fresh balloon of H2 was attached and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The Pd/C catalyst was filtered over celite and the filtrate was evaporated. The resulting crude yellow product (209 mg, >100%) was purified by LPLC, eluting with CH2C12, then CH2Cl2/EtOAc (3:97), to obtain 208 mg (53%) of the title compound as a colorless solid, R,0.47 (hexane-EtOAc 1:1), mp 125.1-125.8°C; lH NMR (CDC13) δ 9.02 (S, IH) , 8.62 (dd, J = 7.6; J = 0.8 IH) , 8.13 (d, J - 8.4, IH) , 7.65 (dt, J ■ 8.0; J - 0.8, IH) , 7.59 (d, J = 8.4, IH) , 7.53 (m, 2H) , 7.11 (d, J = 7.6, IH) , 4.18 (S, 3H) , 2.97 (s, 3H) ; ,3C NMR (CDC13) δ 169.8, 155.2, 146.5, 141.4, 138.1, 131.9, 130.5, 128.6, 126.3, 124.3, 124.2, 122.7, 121.6, 120.5, 115.6, 106.7, 56.2, 27.7; MS (El, m/z) 290 (M+) .
Example 37 6-Methoxy-5-methyl-10-acetylquindolinium Iodide 6-Methoxy-10-acetylquindoline from Example 36 (194 mg, 0.668 mmol) was suspended in CH3I (1.25 mL, 200 mmol) and heated in a pressure vessel at 150°C with stirring for 24 h. After cooling, the resulting precipitate was filtered and dried to obtain 77 mg (27%) of the title compound as brown crystals, mp >250°c (sublimes); Η NMR (DMSO-cL δ 9.84 (s, IH) , 8.83 (d, J = 8.0, IH) , 8.56 (d, J = 8.8, IH) , 8.22 (m, IH) , 8.09 (m, IH) , 7.94 (t, J - 8.0, IH) , 7.79 (m, 2H) , 5.07 (s, 3H), 4.17 (s, 3H) , 3.06 (ε, 3H) ; l3C NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 170.5, 150.8, 143.7, 143.1, 135.5, 132.5, 130.1, 129.3, 129.12, 129.09, 127.5, 125.1, 122.3, 117.5, 116.8, 115.2, 57.3, 47.7, 27.7; MS (LSIMS, m/z) 305 (M+) .
Example 38 6-Methoxy-5-methylq indo1ine A εolution of 6-methoxy-5-methyl-10- acetylquindolinium iodide obtained in Example 37 dissolved in approximately 50 mL of ethanol-free chloroform was adsorbed onto anhydrous NaC03 (1 g/100 mg iodide salt) and applied to a column filled with basic alumina. The mixture was eluted with CHC13 until the UV active impurities eluted. Elution 5 with CHCl3-MeOH (97:3) provided the title compound as a purple solid; Η NMR (CDC13) δ 8.74 (s, IH) , 8.22 (d, J = 8.4, IH) , 7.85 (d, J = 8.4, IH) , 7.73 (d, J = 8.4, IH) , 7.57 (m, IH) , 7.48 (m, IH) , 7.18 (d, J = 7.6, IH) , 7.08 (m, IH) , 5.07 (S, 3H) , 4.12 (s, 3H) ; ,3C NMR (CDC13) δ 159.8, 150.5 (2 carbonε) , 10 144.1, 141.5, 131.2, 127.2, 126.3, 124.4, 124.1, 122.2,
119.5, 117.6, 114.1, 109.4, 56.5, 45.3; MS (LSIMS, m/Z) 263 (MH+).
Example 39
15 3-Chloro-2-(bromoacetamido)benzoic Acid
A solution of 2-amino-3-chlorobenzoic acid (7 g, 0.041 mol), anhydrous DMF (20 mL) and anhydrous dioxane (20 mL) was cooled to 0βC in a 250 mL 3-necked flask, fitted with a magnetic stirrer and constant additional funnel.
20 Bromoacetyl bromide was added dropwise over a 27 min period, keeping the internal temperature between 0° to 2°C. After the addition was complete, the solution was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirring was continued for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled in an ice-bath and diluted
25 with water (100 mL) . The resulting yellow precipitate was filtered, washed with water and dried in vacuum oven for 2 days, affording 7.7 g (65%) of the title compound as a light yellow crystals, mp 173-175°C; Η NMR (CD30D) i 7.88 (dd, IH, J = 1.6, J = 6), 7.68 (dd, IH, J = 1.2, J = 6.8), 7.39 (t,
SO IH, J - 8); ,3C NMR (CD30D) δ 176.37, 168.38, 134.84, 134.40, 131.95, 130.53, 129.15, 129.05, 28.66; MS (El, m/z) 293 (M+) .
Example 40 4-Chloro-2-(bromoacetamido)benzoic Acid S5 A solution of 2-amino-4-chlorobenzoic acid (10 g,
0.06 mol), anhydrous DMF (30 mL) and anhydrous dioxane was cooled to 0βC in 300 mL 3-necked flask fitted with magnetic βtirrer and constant additional funnel. Bromoacetyl bromide was added dropwise over a 2 h period, keeping the internal temperature between 0-2°C. After the addition was completed, the solution was allowed to warm to room temperature and the reaction mixture was stirred 20 h. The reaction mixture was cooled in an ice-bath and slowly diluted with water (300 mL) . The resulting white crystalline product was filtered. Recrystallization from EtOAc/Hex afforded 9.2 g (54%) of the title compound, mp 156.4-158βC; Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 13.99 (s, IH, NH) , 11.72 (s, IH, COOH) , 8.54 (d, IH, J = 2.0), 8.00 (d, IH, J = 8.8), 7.27 (dd, IH, J ■ 2.4, J = 6.4), 4.28 (S, 2H) ; 13C NMR (DMSO-d δ 168.60, 165.54, 141.12, 138.51, 133.88, 123.36, 119.23, 115.58, 30.54; MS (El, m/Z) 293 (M+) .
Example 41 5-Chloro-2-(bromoacetamido)benzoic Acid A solution of 2-amino-5-chlorobenzoic acid (10 g, 0.06 mol), anhydrous DMF (30 mL) and dioxane (30 mL) was cooled to 0βC in a 250 mL 3- necked flask, fitted with a magnetic stirrer, thermometer and additional funnel. Bromoacetyl bromide (11.8 g, 5 mL, 100 mol%) was added dropwise over a 20 min period, keeping the internal temperature between 0°C to 1°C. After the addition was completed, the solution was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirring was continued overnight at rt. The reaction mixture was cooled in an ice-bath, stirred for 30 min and diluted with water (80 mL) . The resulting light yellow precipitate was filtered, washed with water, and dried in vacuum oven (20 h, 40-45°C) , to afford 11.4 g (67%) of the title compound, mp 210-212°C (decomp.); Η NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.58 (d, IH, J = 9.2), 8.03 (d, IH, J = 2.8), 7.55 (dd, IH, J = 2.4, J = 6.4), 4.11 (S, 2H) ; I3C NMR (CD30D) δ 196.94, 169.69, 140.49, 134.86, 131.94, 129.49, 122.87, 119.47, 30.04; MS
Figure imgf000063_0001
Example 2 6-Chloro-2-(bromoacetamido)benzoic Acid A solution of 2-amino-6-chlorobenzoic acid (10 g, 0.06 mol), anhydrous DMF (30 mL) and anhydrous dioxane (30 mL) was cooled to 0βC in 300 mL 3-necked flask fitted with a magnetic stirrer and conεtant additional funnel. Bromoacetyl bromide was added dropwise over a 20-25 min period keeping the internal temperature between 0° to l°C. After the addition was completed, the solution was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirring was continued for 20 h. The reaction mixture was cooled in an ice-bath and diluted with water (150 mL) . The resulting yellow crystalline product was filtered, washed sequentially with 5% HBr solution (50 mL) , water (50 mL) , and then dried in vacuum oven (20 h, 40-45°C) to afford 5 g (30%) of the title compound, mp 133-135°C
(decomp.); Η NMR (CD30D) δ 7.70 (d, IH, J = 8), 7.43 (t, 1H,J = 8.4), 7.35 (d, IH, J = 8), 4.05 (ε, 2H) ; ,3C NMR (CD30D) δ 168.19, 167.84, 137.24, 133.31, 132.85, 132.08, 128.78, 128.21, 124.20, 29.21; MS (El, m/z) 293 (M+) .
Example 43 3-Chloro-2-[ (N-phenylamino)acetamido]benzoic Acid A solution of 3-chloro-2-(bromoacetamido)benzoic acid from Example 39 (7.5 g, 0.026 mol), aniline (5.8 mL, 250 mol%) and anhydrous DMF (60 mL) was heated at 95-100°C for 2Oh, cooled and stirred at rt for 4h. The reaction mixture was poured into ice-water (400 mL) and the precipitated product was solubilized by adding aqueous 5% KOH (60 mL) . The resulting milky homogenous solution was extracted with CH2C12 (3x 70 mL) . The combined CH2C12 extracts were set aside and the aqueous layer was acidified to pH = 3 with aqueous 5% HBr. The resulting oil was extracted into EtOAc (3 x 100 mL) and the combined extract was washed with brine, dried, filtered and concentrated. Recrystallization of the resulting solid from diethyl ether afforded 3 g (38%) of the title compound aε a white crystals, mp 184-185°C; Η NMR (CDjOD) δ 7.85 (dd, IH, J = 1.6, J = 6) , 7.66 (dd, IH, J = 1.6, J = 6.4), 7.33 (t, IH, J - 8), 7.16 (t, 2H, J = 7.2), 6.72 (dd, 3H, J = 2, J = 5.6), 3.91 (s, 2H) ; 13C NMR (CD3OD) : 203.86, 196.95, 173.19, 173.17, 168.69, 149.44, 134.30, 5 130.41, 130.09, 128.42, 119.31, 114.44; MS (El, m/z) 304 (M+).
Example 44 4-Chloro-2-[ (N-phenylamino)acetamido]benzoic Acid
10 A solution of 4-chloro-2-(bromoacetamido)benzoic acid from Example 40 (6.5 g, 0.02 mol), aniline (5.2 mL, 250 mol%) and anhydrous DMF (50 mL) was heated to 100-105°C for 4h, and stirred at rt for 20h. The reaction mixture was poured into ice-water (400 mL) and the precipitated product
15 was solubilized by adding aqueous 5% KOH (60 mL) . The resulting milky homogenous solution was extracted with CH2C12 (3x 100 mL) . The combined CH2C12 extracts were set aside and the aqueous layer was acidified with aqueous 5% HBr to pH = 3. The resulting oil was extracted into EtOAc (3 x 100 mL)
20 and the combined extract was washed with brine, dried, filtered and concentrated. Trituration of the resulting solid with diethyl ether afforded 4.5 g (66%) of the crude title compound as light-beige crystals, mp 177.8-180°C. The crude compound (4.5 g) was stirred with EtOAc ("100 mL) and
25 the resulting insoluble portion was filtered off. The filtrate was concentrated to a light-beige solid which was refluxed with benzene (80 mL) for 40 min. The bnenzene mixture was filtered while hot and the filtered solid was dried for 4 h under high vacuum, yielding 2.75 g (40%) of the
SO title compound as light crystals, mp 229- 230°C (became "wet" at 227βC) ; -H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 13.6 (bs, IH) , 12.11 (s, IH) , 8.82 (d, J = 1.6, IH) , 7.93 (d, J - 8.8, IH) , 720 (dd, J = 6.0, J = 2.6, IH) , 7.10 (t, J = 7.6, 2H) 6.63 - 6.58 (m, 4H) , 3.85 (S, 2H) ; 13C NMR (DMSO-dβ) δ 171.48, 168.31, 148.01,
S5 141.53, 138.58, 132.86, 128.97, 128.30, 122.61, 118.72, 118.67, 117.16, 114.68, 112.45, 48.89. Example 45 5-Chloro-2-[(N-phenylamino)acetamido]benzoic Acid A solution of 5-chloro-2-(bromoacetamido)benzoic acid from Example 41 (10 g, 0.03 mol), aniline (8 g, 7.8 mL, 5 250 mol%) and DMF (60 mL) was heated at 100- 110°C for 4 h. The reaction mixture was poured into ice-water (200 mL) and the resulting solid product was solubilized by adding 5% KOH (40 mL) . The mixture was extracted with CH2Cl2(3x 100 mL) and the aqueous layer was acidified with 5% HBr to pH = 3 and
10 extracted with EtOAc (3 x 200 mL) . The EtOAc washings were dried (Na2S04) , filtered and concentrated to afford, after drying under vacuum, 7.8 g (75%) of the title compound as a white solid, mp 210-212°C; Η NMR (DMS0-d6) δ 13.99 (s, IH, NH) , 11.96 (S, IH, COOH) , 8.75 (d, IH, J = 8) , 7.87 (d, IH, J
15 -= 2.8), 7.68 (d, IH, J = 2.4), 7.65 (d, IH, J = 2.8), 7.10
(t, 2H, J = 7.6), 6.61 (m, 4H) , 3.84 (s, 2H) ; ,3C NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 171.08, 167.81, 148.05, 139.36, 133.81, 130.25, 128.97, 126.20, 121.25, 117.77, 117.14, 112.45, 48.90; MS (El, m/Z) 304 (M+) .
20
Example 4β 6-Chloro-2-[(N-phenylamino)acetamido]benzoic Acid A solution of 6-chloro-2-(bromoacetamido)benzoic acid from Example 42 (7 g, 0.024 mol), aniline (5.6 g, 6 mL,
25 250 mol%) and DMF (40 mL) was heated at 100βC for 5 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt, poured onto ice and the resulting crystalline product was solubilized by adding 5% KOH (70 mL, pH = 9) . The resulting milky homogenous solution was extracted with CH2C12 (3 x 100 mL) , and the aqueous layer
SO Was acidified to pH = 3 with 5% HBr and extracted with EtOAc (4 x 100 mL) . Combined EtOAc washings were dried and concentrated. Recrystallization of the resulting solid from EtOAc/Hex, afforded 6 g (82%) of the title compound as white crystals, 176-178.2βC; Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 9.93 (s, IH, COOH),
35 7.97 (d, IH, J = 8), 7.42 (t, IH, J = 8) , 7.30 (d, IH, J - 7.6), 7.12 (t, 2H, J = 7.2), 6.65 (t, 3H, J = 7.2), 3.82 (s, 2H) ; ,3C NMR (DMSO-d δ 170.19, 166.30, 148.15, 136.56, 131.12, 130.53, 128.98, 125.51, 121.39, 117.23, 112.71, 48.13; MS (El, m/Z) 304 (M+) .
Example 47
2-Chloro-ll-quindolone A mixture of 5-chloro-2-[ (N-phenylamino)acetamido] benzoic acid from Example 45 (2 g, 6.6 mmol) and polyphosphoric acid (PPA) (30 g) was heated to 100°C with mechanical stirring. The internal temperature was increased to 125-135βC and stirring continued for 35 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to 70°C and ice-water (20 mL) was carefully added. The reεulting mixture was stirred for 10 min, poured in ice-water ("150-200 mL) , very slowly quenched with solid NaHC03 over a 45 min period and diluted with aqueous 15% NaOH to adjust the pH to 7-8. The reaction mixture was allowed to stand for 20 min, and then it was filtered through a filter funnel (size "M'') . The product was washed with hot water (70βC, 200 L) and dried overnight in a vacuum oven (45-50°C) to afford the crude title compound as a brown solid (80% yield) . Thiε product was dissolved in a small amount of DMSO ("20 mL -30 mL) and diluted with water ("70 mL) to precipitate the pure product and afford, after drying, l.lg (63%) of the title compound as a brown solid, mp >300βC; *H NMR (DMSO- d«) δ 12.66 (S, IH, NH) , 11.81 (s, IH, NH) , 8.28 (d, IH, J = 2), 8.17 (d, IH, J = 8) , 7.69 (m, 2H) 7.50 (m, 3H) ; ,3C NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 166.09, 138.81, 137.47, 130.67, 129.18, 127.75, 125.06, 123.96, 123.71, 120.84, 120.14, 119.13, 115.72, 112.69; MS (El, m/Z) 268 (M+) .
Example 48 1-Chloro-ll-quindolone To 6-chloro-2-[ (N-phenylamino)acetamido]benzoic acid from Example 46 (094 g, 3.0 mmol) waε added to 10 g of polyphosphoric acid (PPA) and the mixture was heated at 115-120°C. After 45 min, TLC analysis showed the disappearance of the starting material. The reaction mixture was stirred for 15 min, cooled to 60°C and treated with crushed ice. The solution was neutralized with solid NaHC03, and the resulting solid was filtered (filter funnel, size •■M"), washed sequentially with hot (60-70°C) water (200 mL) , cold water (50 mL) and then dried in a vacuum oven (20 h, 40-45βC) , yielding 0.63 (76%) of the crude title compound. The compound was dissolved in a minimal amount of DMSO and the resulting solution was diluted with water. The resulting solid product was stirred, filtered, washed with water and dried, affording 0.5 g (61%) of the title compound, mp >300°C; JH NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 12.52 (s, IH, NH) , 11.65 (ε, IH, NH) , 8.14 (d, IH, J = 8), 7.66 (d, IH, J = 8.4), 7.53 (m, 3H) , 7.22 (m, 2H) ; ,3C NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 167.12, 141.61, 138.60, 132.47, 130.17, 127.42, 127.24, 124.51, 123.30, 120.87, 119.06, 118.65, 117.49, 115.63, 112.68; MS (El, m/Z) 268 (M+).
Example 49 2-Chloro-ll-chloroquindoline
A mixture of 2-chloro-ll-quindolone from Example 47 (0.7 g, 2.6 mmol), PC15 (0.54 g) and P0C13 (8 mL) waε heated at reflux for 30 min. The solution was cooled to rt, concentrated, and then carefully diluted with ice-water. The pH of the resulting mixture was adjusted to 8-9 with 10% NaOH solution, and the resulting crystalline product was filtered, dried for 30 min under vacuum, extracted with hot CHC13 ("100 mL, 40-50°C) with stirring for 30 min, and then filtered from small amount of remaining solid compound while hot. The filtrate was cooled to rt, dried (Na2S04) , and concentrated to afford 0.4 g (53%) of the title compound, mp 281- 281.9°C; JH NMR (DMSO-d δ 11.93 (ε, IH, NH) , 8.33 (d, IH, J = 8) , 8.24 (t, 2H, J = 9.2), 7.73-7.60 (m, 3H) , 7.34 (t, IH, J = 8) ; l3C NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 146.48, 144.27, 142.04, 131.42, 131.01, 130.70, 130.48, 127.24, 124.36, 121.81, 120.99, 120.73, 120.49, 116.85, 112.13; MS (El, m/Z) 286 (M+) . Example 50 1-Chloro-ll-chloroquindoline A mixture of 1-chloro-ll-quindolone from Example 48 (0.6 g, 2.2 mmol), PC15 (0.5 g) and P0C13 (10 mL) was heated at reflux for 45 min. The resulting solution was cooled to rt, concentrated, and then carefully diluted with ice-water. The pH of the mixture was adjusted to 8-9 with 10% NaOH solution, and the resulting crystalline product was filtered, dried for 30 min under vacuum, extracted with hot CHC13 ("100 L, 40-50βC) with stirring for 30 min, and then filtered from the small amount of remaining solid compound while hot. The filtrate was cooled to rt, dried, and concentrated to afford 0.28 g (44%) of the title compound, mp 275-277βC (became •'wet*' at 264°C); >H NMR (DMS0-d6) δ 8.29 (s, IH, J = 7.2), 8.20 (dd, IH, J = 1.2, J = 8.8, 7.72-7.57 (m, 4H) , 7.32 (dd, IH, J = 1.2, J = 14.8); ,3C NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 145.56, 145.53, 132.28, 130.77, 129.90, 129.39, 127.09, 126.02, 121.88, 120.77, 120.46, 120.30, 116.90, 112.18, 79.18; MS (El, m/z) 286 (M+) .
Example 5 2-Chloro-5-methyl-ll-chloroquindolinium Hydrochloride To a εuspension of 2-chloro-ll-chloroquindoline from Example 49 (0.3 g, 1.0 mmol) in anhydrous toluene (12 mL) was added methyltriflate (0.25 mL, 200 mol%) . The reaction mixture was stirred for 20 h at rt after which TLC analysis still showed starting material. Additional methyl triflate (100 mol%) and toluene (5 mL) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight, filtered, washed with ether and dried to afford the crude title compound; MS (-FAB, m/z)149.
The crude triflate salt obtained above was suspended in CHC13 (100 mL) and 5% K2C03 in water (70 mL) was added. The CHC13 layer was separated and the aqueous layer Was extracted with CHC13 (3 x 100 mL) . Combined CHC13 extracts were dried over K2C03 (anhydrous) , filtered and concentrated. The resulting solid product was dissolved in CHC13 and anhydrous K2C03 was added (100 g) . The mixture was sonicated, the solvent was evaporated therefrom, and the resulting adsorbate was loaded onto a basic alumina column. The column was eluted with CHC13 to remove impurities, eluted with 0.5% MeOH in CHCl3ι and then eluted with 1% MeOH in CHC13. The resulting purple fractions were combined and concentrated to afford a purple solid. The purple solid was dissolved in small amount of CHC13 and treated with a IM solution of HCI in ether to afford a yellow product which was filtered, washed with ether and dried to afford the title compound, mp 239-241βC (decomp.); Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 3.72 (8, IH, NH) , 8.90 (d, IH, J = 8.4), 8.81 (d, IH, J = 7.2), 8.62 (S, IH) , 8.26 (d, IH, J = 8.4), 7.99 (S, IH) , 7.88 (d, IH, J = 7.6), 7.56 (s, IH) , 5.02 (ε, 3H) ; 13C NMR (DMS0-d6) δ 146.09, 139.06, 134.84, 134.23, 133.18, 132.46, 128.19, 126.65, 124.21, 122.87, 122.18, 121.25, 114.28, 113.49, 112.01, 40.80.
Example 52 i-chloro-5-methyl-ll-chloroquindolinium Hydrochloride
To a suspension of 1-chloro-ll-chloroquindoline from Example 50 (0.3 g, 1.0 mmol) in anhydrous toluene (12 mL) was added methyltriflate (0.25 mL, 200 mol%) . The reaction mixture was stirred for 20 h at rt after which TLC analysiε still showed starting material. Additional methyl triflate (100 mol%) and toluene (5 mL) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight, filtered, washed with ether and dried to afford the crude title compound; MS (-FAB, m/z) 149. The crude triflate salt obtained above was suspended in CHC13 (100 mL) and 5% K2C03 in water (70 mL) was added. The CHC13 layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CHC13 (3 x 100 mL) . Combined CHC13 extracts were dried over K2C03 (anhydrous) , filtered and concentrated. The resulting solid product was disεolved in CHC13 and anhydrouε K2C03 waε added (100 g) . The mixture was sonicated, the solvent was evaporated therefrom, and the adεorbate waε loaded onto a basic alumina column. The column was eluted with CHC13 to remove impurities, eluted with 0.5% MeOH in CHC13( and then eluted with 1% MeOH in CHC13. The reεulting purple fractions were combined and concentrated to afford a purple solid. The purple solid was dissolved in small amount of CHClj and treated with a IM solution of HCI in ether to afford a yellow product which was filtered, washed with ether and dried to afford the title compound, mp 229-230.8°C (became "wet" at 225°C) ; Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 13.39 (s, IH, NH, 8.81(dd,lH, J = 8, J = 5.2), 8.33 (S, IH) , 8.16 (d, IH, J = 7.2), 8.12 (d, IH, J = 8.4), 7.97 (d, IH, J = 7.2), 7.88 (d, IH, J = 8.8) , 7.55 (d, IH, J - 7.6); I3C NMR (DMSO-dj) δ 146.26, 138.35, 137.88, 135.01, 134.09, 131.64, 131.54, 129.94, 128.27, 126.80, 122.29, 120.25, 118.92, 114.17, 113.63, 41.89.
Example 53 2-(Phenoxyacetamido)benzoic Acid To a solution of anthranilic acid (5 g, 0.036 mol) in NaOH (3 g, 30 mL) was added phenoxyacetyl chloride (6.2 g, 5.2 mL) dropwise at 0°C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0°C for 30 min, acidified with dilute hydrochloric acid and filtered. The filtered solid was dissolved in EtOAc and filtered. The filtrate was dried, filtered, concentrated and dried for 4 h under vacuum, affording 8 g (81%) of the title compound, mp 201-203°C. A small amount (100 mg) of the title compound was recrystallized from EtOH, affording 75 mg of the title compound, mp 202-203°C; Η NMR (DMSO-cLJ δ 13.70 (s, IH, COOH), 12.20 (ε, IH, NH) , 8.71 (d, IH, J - 8.4), 8.02 (dd, IH, J = 7.6), 7.65-7.60 (m, IH) , 7.35-6.89 (m, 6H) , 4.73 (8, 2H);I3C NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 169.44, 167.23, 157.11, 140.22, 134.34, 131.32, 129.65, 129.45, 123.06, 121.65, 120.96, 119.45, 116.14, 114.81, 114.38, 67.22; MS (El, m/Z) 271 (M+) . Example 54 Benzofuro[3, 2-b]quinolin-6(liH)one A mixture of 2-(phenoxyacetamido)benzoic acid (2 g, 7.8 mmol) and polyphosphoric acid (10 g) were heated to
120-125°C for 1 h. TLC analyεiε εhowed the diεappearance of starting material and the appearance of one new spot. The solution was treated with cruεhed ice, neutralized with εolid sodium carbonate, and the resulting precipitate was filtered, washed carefully with hot water (70-80°C, 200 mL) , and dried in vacuum oven overnight, affording 1.3 g (76%) of the title compound as pale yellow εolid, mp >300°C; Η NMR (DMS0-d6) δ 8.33 (d, IH, J = 8), 8.20 (d, IH, J = 7.6), 7.80- 7.65 (m, 5H) , 7.48 (t, IH, J = 8) , 7.36 (m, IH) ; l3C NMR (DMS0-d6) δ 165.54, 155.64, 139.96, 138.11, 133.79, 131.91, 130.52, 126.06, 125.71, 123.94, 122.38, 122.26, 119.14, 118.89, 113.29; MS (El, m/z) 235 (M+) .
Example 55 ll-Chlorobenzofuro[3, 2-b]quinoline
A mixture of benzofuro[3, 2-b]quinolin-6(llH)one from Example 54 (1.3 g, 5.5 mmol) and PC15 (1.15 g 100 mol%) in of POClj (6 mL) was heated at reflux for lh. The solution was cooled and concentrated, the residue was partitioned between methylene chloride and 10% sodium hydroxide. The organic layer was separated, dried and concentrated to afford, after drying under high vacuum for 4h, 0.9 g (64%) of the title compound, mp 158-159°C [lit 159-160°C (Sunder, S.; Peet, N. P. J. Heterocyclic Chem . 1978, 15 , 1379)]; Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.32-8.25 (m, 3H) , 7.91-7.77 (m, 4H) , 7.57 (t, IH, J = 8);13C NMR (DMSO-cL δ 158.75, 146.63, 146.02, 143.63, 132.02, 129.37, 129.00, 127.55, 124.63, 124.40, 123.10, 122.29, 122.20, 119.80, 112.75; MS (El, m/z) : 253 (M+) . Example 56 ll-Chloro-5-methylbenzofuro[3, 2-b]quinoline Trifluoromethanesulfonate To a suspension of ll-chlorobenzofuro[3, 2- b]quinoline from Example 55 (0.4 g, 1.6. mol) in anhydrous toluene (15 mL) was added methyltriflate (0.52 g, 0.36 mL, 200 mol%) . The reaction mixture was stirred for 20 h at rt, diluted with ether, and εtirred for l h. The solid product was filtered to afford after drying, 0.41 g (62%) of the title compound, mp 221-223°C (became "wet" at 200- 202°C);'H NMR (DMSO-d δ 8.90 (q, 2H, J = 8) , 8.73 (dd, IH, J = 1.2, J = 8), 8.40-8.36 (m, IH) , 8.24-8.14 (m, 3H) , 7.83 (m, IH) ; 13C NMR (DMSO-dβ) δ 159.53, 145.04, 142.89, 137.44, 136.69, 134.57, 130.32, 129.93, 127.05, 126.02, 125.43, 125.38,
124.73, 119.23, 116.62, 113.80, 106.93, 40.00; MS (FAB, m/z) 268 (M+) .
Example 57 Phenylmercaptoacetyl Chloride
To thiophenoxyacetic acid (8 g, 0.05 mol) was added S0C12 (8 mL) and the reactionmixture was heated to reflux for 1 h. TLC showed disappearance of the starting material. The excess S0C12 was removed in vacuo under a fume hood and the product was distilled to afford 8.6 g (98%) of the title compound, bp 85-86βC, 4-5 Torr [lit 117-119°C, 6 Torr (Mooradian, A.; Cavallito, C. J.; Bergman, A. J. ; Lawson, E. J.; Suter, C. M. J. Am. Chem . Soc . 1949, 3372) ];*H NMR (CDC13) δ 7.48-7.34 (m, 5H) , 4.06 (m, 2H) ; l3C NMR (CDC13) 169.75, 132.83, 131.44, 129.35, 128.22, 48.48; MS (El, m/z) 186 (M+) .
Example 58 2-(Phenylthioacetamido)benzoic Acid To a εolution of 6.3 g of anthranilic acid in NaOH (4 g of NaOH in 40 mL of water) cooled in an ice-bath was added 8.6 g (0.046 mol) of phenylmercaptoacetylchloride from Example 57. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h. The reaction mixture was neutralized with 5% HCI, diluted with water (50 mL) , and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL) . The EtOAc solution was dried, filtered and concentrated to afford after drying under high vacuum, 7.0 g (53%) of the title compound, mp 166-167βC [lit 164-166°C (Gorlitzer, K. ; Weber, J. Arch. Pharm (Weinheim) 1980, 314 , 76)];'H NMR (DMSO- cL δ 11.82 (S, IH, COOH), 8.51 (S, IH, J = 8.4),7.96 (dd, IH, J = 1.2, J - 8), 7.58 (t, IH, J = 8), 7.38 (d,lH, J - 7.2), 7.13 (m, 5H) , 4.01 (S, 2H) ,* ,3C NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 169.17, 167.42, 140.31, 135.00, 134.07, 133.72, 131.12, 129.18, 128.07, 126.33, 123.01, 119.77, 116.58, 116.31, 114.54; MS (El, m/z) 287 (M+) .
Example 59
Benzothieno[3, 2-b]quinoline-6(11H)one A mixture of 2-(phenylthioacetamido)benzoic acid from Example 58 (3.0 g, 0.01 mol) and polyphosphoric acid (PPA) (20 g) was heated with mechanical stirring for 90 min at 125-130°C. The reaction mixture was poured into ice-water (- loo mL) and the pH of this mixture waε adjuεted carefully with solid Na2C03 to pH=7 over a 40 min period. The reaction mixture was filtered to afford a product which was washed with hot water ("70βC) and dried for 48 h, to afford 2 g (77%) of the title compound, mp >300°C; -H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 12.78 (S, IH, NH), 8.53 (d, IH, J = 7.6), 8.24 (d, IH, J = 8), 8.10 (d, IH, J = 7.6), 7.80-7.64 (ro, 4H) , 7.40 (t, IH, J = 6.8); ,3C NMR (DMSO-dj) δ 172.37, 140.67, 140.09, 140.08, 132.22, 130.12, 129.08, 124.96, 124.77, 124.14, 123.17, 122.68, 122.13, 118.23; MS (El, m/z) 251 (M+) ; IR (KBr) 1623 (C=0), 1522 (C=C), 3098 (NH) , 753, 694 (C-S) cm1.
Example 60 11-Chlorobenzothieno[3, 2-b]quinoline O a solution of benzothieno[3, 2-b]quinoline-
6(llH)one from Example 59 (1.0 g, 4.0 mmol) in 5 mL of P0C1 3 was added PC15 (0.83 g, 100 mol%) . The reaction mixture was refluxed for 20 min. The reaction mixture waε concentrated, poured in ice-water, and then the pH waε adjuεted to 8-9 with 10% NaOH. The resulting solid product was filtered and to it was added CHC13 (100 mL) . The mixture was heated to 30-40°C for 30 min. and filtered while hot. The filtrate was dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated, to afford 0.51 g of the title compound, mp 158-159°C [lit 157-158°C (Gorlitzer, K. ; Weber, J. Arch. Pharm (Weinheim) 1980, 314 , 76) ] ; Η NMR (DMSO-cL δ 8.51 (d,lH, J = 7.6), 8.29 (dd, IH, J = 1.2, J - 8), 8.17 (d, IH, J = 8.8), 7.96- 7.65 (m, 5H) ; 13C NMR (DMSO-dj) δ 153.12, 146.68, 139.82, 133.99, 132.19, 130.96, 130.14, 129.51, 127.90, 126.04, 123.94, 123.79, 123.62,
122.43; MS (El, m/z) 269 (M+) .
Example 61 ll-Chloro-5-methylbenzothieno[3, 2-b]quinolinium Trifluoromethanesulfonate To a solution of ll-chlorobenzothieno[3, 2- b]quinoline from Example 60 (0.16 g; 0.06 mmol) in 12 mL of toluene was added MeOTf (0.081 mL, 120 mol%) and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 20 h. The resulting crystalline yellow product was filtered, triturated with EtOAc for 24 h, filtered and dried, providing the title compound (38%), mp 187- 189°C; Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 9.00 (d,lH, J = 8.4), 8.97 (d, IH, J - 8.2), 8.67 (d, IH, J = 8.4), 8.51 (d, IH, J = 8.4), 8.21-7.89 (m, 4H) ; ,3C NMR (DMSO-d δ 148.34, 143.68, 143.11, 139.34, 135.72, 133.95, 130.59, 130.08, 128.35, 127.10, 125.12, 124.89, 119.88, 42.79; MS (+FAB, m/Z) 284 (M+) MS (-FAB, m/z) 149.
Example 62 2-(p-Toluenesulfonamido) Acetophenone
To a solution of 2-aminoacetophenone (7.0 g, 0.05 mol) in 30 L of pyridine was added p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (11.8 g, 120 mol%) . The reaction mixture was refluxed with stirring for 2 h, cooled to 40-50°C and poured in the cold water (150 mL) . The mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h, filtered, washed with warm ("40°C) water and then dried. Recrystallization from EtOH afforded 7.6 g (51%) of the title compound, mp 148.2-149.3βC [lit 147-148°C (Kemter, G.; Noack, H. ; Russ, G. Z . Chem . 1963, 3 , 352)]; 'H NMR (CDC13) δ 11.48 (s, IH, NH) , 7.79 (dd, IH, J = 1.2, J = 6.8), 7.72 (d, IH, J = 8.4), 7.67 (d, IH, J - 8.4), 7.44 (t, IH, J = 8) , 7.21 (d, IH, J = 8), 7.02 (t, IH, J = 6) , 2.55 (ε, 3H) , 2.36 (8, 3H) ,* ,3C NMR (CDC13) δ 202.37, 143.83, 139.94, 136.47, 134.82, 131.87, 129.57, 127.16, 122.55, 122.18, 118.92, 28.04, 21.42; MS (El, m/z) 289 (M+) .
Example 63
2-(2-Toluenesulfonamidobenzoyl)-1-indanone Sodium metal (0.62 g) was carefully dissolved in 27 mL of MeOH to obtain a εolution of MeONa. To a solution of phthalaldehyde (1.8 g 0.013 mol) and 2-(p-toluenesulfonamido) acetophenone from Example 63 (3.91 g 100 mol%) in MeOH (54 mL) was added dropwise the solution of MeONa obtained above over a 20 min period. The reaction mixture was refluxed for 7 h by stirring and was allowed to stir at rt overnight. The pH of the reaction mixture was adjusted with cone. HCI to pH=5 and the resulting crystalline compound was filtered. Recrystallization from EtOH/CHCl3 afforded 2.5 g (46%) of the title compound as a light-pink solid, mp 176-177°C [lit 176-177°C (Gδrlitzer, K.; Weber, J. Arch. Pharm (Weinheim) 1979, 312 , 254)];'H NMR (CDC13) δ 8.53 (s, IH, NH) , 7.72 (d, IH, J = 7.2), 7.59 (d, IH, J = 8) , 7.46-7.25 (m, 7H) , 7.13 (t, IH, J = 7.6), 6.66 (d, 2H, J - 8.4), 3.06 (s, 2H) , 1.40 (S, 3H) ; ,3C NMR (CDC13) δ 189.45, 176.75, 147.25, 143.33, 136.53, 135.55, 135.47, 135.45, 132.84, 131.56, 128.78, 128.26, 128.22, 127.40, 126.99, 126.89, 126.59, 125.38, 125.03, 122.91, 111.25, 32.04, 20.02; MS (El, m/z) 250 (M+) . Example 64 ll-Oxo-5,ll-dihydro-indeno[l, 2-b]quinoline A mixture of 2-(2-toluenesulfonamidobenzoyl)-1- indanone from Example 63 (2.2 g, 5.5 mmol) and polyphoεphoric acid (PPA) (20 g) was heated to 120-122βC for 1 h. The reaction mixture was poured into ice-water and the resulting crystalline product was filtered, washed with hot water and dried for several days in a vacuum oven, affording 1.15 g (88%) of the title compound which was refluxed with 80 mL of benzene for 30 min, affording 0.95 g (73%) of the title compound, mp >300°C with prior discoloring at 174-179°C [lit >360βC Blount, B. K. ; Perkin, W. H. ; Plant, S. G. P. J. Chem . Soc . 1929, 1975; lit 363-364 (Schoen, J.; Bogdanowicz- Szwed, K. Rocz . Chem . 1964, 38 , 425)]; Η NMR (DMSO- d δ 8.24 (d, IH, J = 8) , 8.18 (dd, IH, J = 3.2, J = 2) , 7.80-7.55 (m, 3H) , 7.56 (d, IH, J = 3.2), 7.55 (d, IH, J = 3.48), 7.43 (t, 2H, J = 7.6), 3.84 (S, 2H) ; l3C NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 144.91, 139.96, 135.57, 131.69, 130.10, 129.93, 128.30, 127.23, 125.75, 124.78, 124.55, 123.48, 121.51, 119.25, 118.52, 32.84; MS (+LSIMS, m/Z) 234 (M+H+) ; MS (El, m/z) 233 (M+) .
Example 65 Benzothieno[3,2-b]quinoline-6-(11H)one-S,s-dioxide
A solution of benzothieno[3,2-b]quinoline-6- (HH)one from Example 59 (0.25 g, 0.99 mmol) in AcOH (5 mL) was heated to 40°C and then 30% H202 (1 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at 40°C for 2 h, upon which TLC analysis showed the disappearance of the starting material. The reaction mixture was cooled to 10°C, H20 was added, and the mixture waε stirred and filtered. The filtered solid was washed with water and air-dried for 20 h, and then dried under high vacuum, yielding 0.21g (74%) of the title compound, mp >300°C. The final product contains a small amount of an N-oxide impurity. The presence of the N-oxide was establiεhed by the preεence of N-O εtretching frequency at 1335cm"1 [Cromwell, N. H. ; Mitεch, R. A. J. Org. Chem . 1961, 26 , 3812]; lH NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 13.2 (br. signal NH) , 8.40 (d, IH, J = 7.6), 8.21 (d, IH, J = 8), 8.05 (d, IH, J = 7.2), 7.96-7.82 (m, 4H) , 7.53 (m, IH) . ,3C NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 140.61, 133.91, 133.86, 133.34, 133.33, 133.08, 132.82, 132.43, 127.49, 125.52, 125.15, 123.90, 123.82, 121.48. MS (+LSIMS) : 284. MS (+EI):284. IR (KBr): 1626 (C=0) , 1533 (C=C) , 1302 (S02) , 1335 (NO), 3250 (NH) , 760, 695 (C-S) .
Example 66 n-Chloro-indeno[l, 2-b]quinoline
A solution of ll-oxo-5, ll-dihydro-indeno[l, 2- b]quinoline from Example 64 (0.30 g, 1.3 mmol) in POCl3 (10 mL) was refluxed for 3 h. The POCl3 was evaporated off and the oily product was poured over ice-water. The mixture waε neutralized to pH=8 with 10% aqueouε KOH and extracted with CH2C12. The combined organic fractions were dried (Na2S04) , filtered, and concentrated to afford 0.21 g (66%) of the title compound, mp 148-149°C [lit 162-163°C (Schoen, J.; Bogdanowicz-Szwed, K. Rocz . Chem . 1964, 38 , 425)]; Η NMR (CDC13) δ 8.27 (d, 2H, J = 6.4), 8.21 (d, IH, J = 8.4),
7.78-7.74 (m, IH) , 7.64-7.60 (m, 2H) , 7-54-7.51 (m, 2H) , 4.08 (S, 2H) ; 13C NMR (CDC13) δ 161.35, 149.12, 144.26, 140.13, 137.74, 132.99, 130.42, 129.57, 129.42, 127.71, 126.52, 125.46, 125.25, 123.63, 122.33, 34.18; MS (FAB, m/z) 252
(M+).
Example 67 ll-Chloro-5-methylindenotl, 2-b]quinolinium Trifluoromethanesulfonate To a solution of ll-chloro-indeno[l, 2-b]quinoline from Example 66 (0.089 g, 0.35 mmol) in toluene (8 mL) was added methyl triflate (0.048 mL, 0.42 mmol). The reaction mixture was εtirred for 20 h at room temperature during which time a cryεtalline product precipitated from the reaction mixture. The reaction mixture waε diluted with diethyl ether and waε allowed to stir for 1 h at room temperature. The mixture was filtered and the crystalline εolid waε dried under high vacuum for several hourε. The crystalline solid compound was refluxed for 1 h with benzene and dried to afford 0.113 g (77%) of the title compound, mp 193-194βC; lH NMR (DMSO-d«) r5 8.82 (d, IH, J - 8) , 8.73 (d, IH, J = 8.4), 860 (d, IH, J = 8.4), 8.32 (m, IH) , 8.13 (t, IH, J = 7.6), 8.02-7.93 (m, 2H) , 7.79 (t, IH, J = 7.2) 4.88 (s, 3H) , 4.51 (s, 2H) ; 13C NMR (DMSO-d δ 157.70, 148.30, 144.16, 139.51, 136.34, 134.85, 134.71, 133.09, 130.04, 128.83, 126.80, 125.39, 124.86, 119.81, 40.97, 34.97; MS (FAB, m/Z) 266 (M+) .
Example 68 11-Chlorobenzothieno[3,2-b]quinoline-S ,S-dioxide
A solution of benzothieno[3,2-b]quinoline-6-(HH) one-S,S-dioxide from Example 65 (0.1 g, 0.35 mmol) and PC15 (74 mg) in P0C13 (6 mL) was refluxed for 3.5 h. The reaction mixture was poured over ice-water, and neutralizated to pH=8 with 10% aqueous KOH. The precipitated solution was extracted with CHCl3and combined organic extracts were dried (Na2S04) , filtered and concentrated to afford 30 mg (27%) of the title compound, mp 266-269°C [lit 283-285°C [Gorlitzer, K.; Weber, J. Arch. Pharm (Weinheim) 1980, 314 , 76)]; Η NMR (CDC13) δ 8.62 (d,lH, J = 6.4), 8.36 (ε, IH) , 8.20 (d, IH, J = 7.2), 7.96-7.59 (m, 5H) ; 13C NMR (CDC13) d 134.46, 133.19, 132.91, 130.32, 129.83, 129.44, 129.00, 127.09, 125.47,
125.01, 124.31, 123.27, 123.15, 122.79, 121.87; MS (El, m/z) 301 (M+) .
Example 69 11-(4-Chlorophenylthio)-5-methylbenzofuro
[3, 2- b]quinolinium Chloride To a solution ll-chloro-5-methylbenzofuro[3, 2- b]quinoline trifluoromethanesulfonate from Example 56 (65 mg, 0.156 mmol) in 2-ethoxyethanol (5 ml) waε added 4-chlorothiophenol (23 mg, 0.156 mmol) cauεing the reaction mixture to became a bright yellow. After 5-7 min, TLC εhowed the disappearance of the starting material. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with hexane (100 mL) , cooled below room temperature, filtered and dried to afford 50 mg (63%) of the title compound, mp 150-151°C; Η 5 NMR (CDC13) δ 8.71 (d, IH, J - 7.6), 8.60 (S, 2H) , 8.23 (S, IH) , 7.96 (S, IH) , 7.86 (t, IH, J = 6.8), 7.64 (m, 2H) , 7.44-7.37 (m, 4H) , 5.06 (s, 3H) ; I3C NMR (CDC13) δ 159.65, 146.54, 140.91, 139.53, 137.16, 136.95, 136.13, 135.33, 135.10, 130.24, 129.26, 127.46, 126.74, 126.65, 126,48, 10 126.08, 119.23, 116.29, 113.54, 41.25; MS (FAB, m/z) 376 (M+).
Example 70 ll-[ (4-Chlorophenyl) thio]-5-methylindeno
15 [1, 2- b]quinolinium Chloride
To a εolution of ll-chloro-5-methylindeno[l, 2- b]quinolinium trifluoromethanesulfonate from Example 67 (50 mg, 0.12 mmol) in 2-ethoxyethanol (4 mL) was added 4-chlorothiophenol (17.5 mg, 0.12 mmol) causing the reaction
20 mixture to become yellow color. After refluxing for 12-15 min a small amount of precipitate formed and TLC showed the disappearance of the starting material. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with hexane (25 mL) , cooled below room temperature, filtered, and dried to afford
25 30 mg (51%) of the title compound, mp 174-175°c (dec); Η NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.74 (dd, IH, J = 1.2, J = 7.2), 8.64 (t, 2H, J = 9.6), 8.24-8.20 (m, IH) , 7.95 (t, IH, J = 8.4), 7.85 (m, 2H) , 7.79-7.77 (m, IH) , 7.50-7.40 (m, 4H) , 5.05 (8, 3H) , 3.98 (8,
2H) . 30
Example 71 2-Fluoroquindoline-ll-carboxylic Acid A 5°C εolution of 3-fluoroiεatin (4.71 g, 28.5 mmol) in 4 N KOH (135 mL, 456 mmol) waε added to a S5 nitrogen-purged flask containing indolyl acetate (5.00 g, 28.5 mmol) . The mixture was mechanically stirred for 5 days at room temperature. Water (80 mL) was added and the solution was heated at 70°C for 20 minutes with air being drawn through the solution. The solution was hot filtered through a bed of celite and the celite bed was rinsed with warm water (75 mL) . The yellow filtrate was combined with an equal volume of ethanol (300 mL) . The mixture was acidified to pH 2 with dilute HCI, cooled below room temperature, and filtered. The filter cake was washed with water and ethanol and dried under high vacuum for two days which afforded 4.91 g (61%) of the title compound as a bright yellow εolid, mp >243βC; Η NMR (DMSO-d δ 14.3 (broad ε, IH) , 11.49 (ε, IH) , 8.88 (dd, J = 12.8, J = 2.8, IH) , 8.34 (broad d, J = 8.8, IH) , 8.32 (d, J = 9.2, IH) , 7.79 (d, J = 8.4, IH) , 7.59-7.68 (m, 2H) , 7.34 (td, J = 7.4, J = 0.8, IH) ; l3C NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 167.66, 160.45 (J = 245), 147.27 (J - 2), 144.44, 140.48, 132.87, 132.22 (J = 10), 130.51, 124.70 (J = 11), 121.22, 120.57, 120.48, 115.85 (J = 27), 112.70, 112.66, 109.80 (J = 9), 108.53 (J = 26); MS (El, m/z) 280.1 (M+) .
Example 72
2-Fluoroquindoline 2-Fluoroquindoline-ll-carboxylic acid from Example 71 (4.50 g, 16.1 mmol) was refluxed at 250°C in diphenyl ether (40 mL) for 4 hours. The mixture was cooled, diluted with petroleum ether (40 mL) , and filtered. The filter cake was washed with petroleum ether (100 mL) and dried. The crude material was added to methanol (250 mL) and filtered, washing with additional methanol (2 x 75 mL) . Concentration of the filtrate afforded 2.47 g (65%) of the title compound as a brown εolid, mp >246°C; Η NMR (DMSO-d6) * 11.52 (s, IH) , 8.34 (d, J = 8, IH) , 8.28 (s, IH) , 8.24 (dd, J - 9.2, J = 5.6, IH) , 7.90 (dd, J = 10, J = 2.8, IH) , 7.50-7.65 (m, 3H) , 7.29 (t, J = 8, IH) ; ,3C NMR (DMS0-d6) δ 158.96 (J = 244), 145.53, 143.97, 140.42, 132.86, 131.22 (J = 10), 129.83, 127.25, 121.31, 120.84, 119.54, 116.23 (J = 27), 112.47 (J = 5.3), 111.58, 110.01 (J = 22); MS (El, m/z) 236.1 (M+) . Example 73 2-Fluoro-5-methylquindolinium Hydrochloride In a large teflon lined steel bomb fitted with a stir bar was placed 2-fluoroquindoline from Example 72 (0.500 g, 2.12 mmol) and methyl iodide (3.95 mL, 63.5 mmol). The bomb was flushed with nitrogen, sealed, and heated to 150°C for 24 h. The bomb was cooled, opened and the contents were transferred to a flask using chloroform to wash the inεide of the bomb. The chloroform suspension was concentrated to a dry orange residue. The orange residue waε εuspended in chloroform, adsorbed onto Na2C03 and chro atographed over basic alumina using 100% chloroform eluent until starting material could not be detected by TLC. The column waε eluted with 2% methanol in chloroformand the violet fractionε were collected and concentrated to a small volume ("50 mL) . The violet solution was acidified with ethereal 1 M HCI to a bright yellow endpoint. The mixture was cooled below room temperature, filtered and dried under high vacuum for several days at 45°C to yield 0.413g (68%) of the title compound aε a bright orange εolid, mp >246°C; Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 13.40 (s, IH) , 9.25 (s, IH) , 8.88 (dd, J = 10, J = 4.4, IH) , 8.80 (d, J = 8.4, IH), 8.44 (dd, J = 8.8, J = 2.8, IH) , 8.11 (td, J = 6.8, J = 2.8, IH), 7.94 (t, J = 15.2, IH) , 7.85 (d, J = 8.4, 1 H) , 7.51 (t, J = 8.0, IH) , 5.05 (ε, 3H) ; ,3C NMR (DMSO-cL δ 159.35 (J = 249), 145.89, 138.28, 134.08 (J - 11), 132.39, 127.39 (J = 10), 126.37, 123.62 (J = 5.3), 121.86 (J = 27), 121.41, 121.19 (J = 9) , 113.70, 113.20, 112.65 (J = 24), 40.74; MS (LSIMS, m/z) 251 (M+) .
Example 74
7-Bromo-8-chloroquindoline-ll-carboxylic Acid A 5°C, nitrogen-purged εolution of iεatin (2.55 g, 17.3 mmol) in 4 N KOH (80 mL, 277 mmol) waε added to a nitrogen-purged flaεk containing 5-bromo-6-chloro indolyl acetate (5.00 g, 17.3 mmol). The mixture was mechanically stirred for 5 days at room temperature. Water (80 mL) was added, and the solution waε heated to 70°C for 20 minutes while air was drawn through the solution. The solution was hot filtered through a bed of celite and the celite bed was rinsed with warm water (75 mL) . The yellow filtrate was combined with an equal volume of ethanol (300 mL) . The mixture was acidified to pH 2 with dilute HCI, cooled below room temperature, and filtered. The filter cake was washed with water and ethanol and dried under high vacuum for two days to yield 3.32 g (51%) of a yellow solid, mp >243°C; *H NMR (DMSO-d*) δ 14.2 (broad s, IH) , 11.60 (ε, IH) , 9.10 (m, IH) , 8.63 (8, IH) , 8.26 (m, IH) , 7.97 (s, IH) , 7.71-7.77 (m, 2H) ; 13C NMR (DMSO- cL δ 167.44, 145.22, 143.78, 143.73, 134.01, 132.64, 129.63, 127.45, 126.57, 125.57, 125.08, 123.93, 122.60, 121.23, 114.04, 112.12; MS (El, m/z) 375.9 (M+2+) .
Example 75 7-Bromo-8-chloroquindoline 7-Bromo-8-chloroquindoline-ll-carboxylic acid from Example 74 (3.00 g, 7.99 mmol) was refluxed at 250°C in diphenyl ether (30 mL) for 4 hours in an overεize flaεk. The mixture waε cooled, diluted with petroleum ether (30 mL) , and filtered. The filter cake waε washed with petroleum ether (100 mL) and dried under high vacuum to yield 2.49 g (94%) of the title compound as a greenish solid, mp >246°C; Η NMR (DMSO-dβ) δ 11.70 (S, IH) , 8.62 (s, IH) , 8.36 (S, IH) , 8.18 (d, J = 8.4, IH) , 8.12 (d, J = 8.4, IH) , 7.84 (8, 1H),7.69 (t, J = 6.8, IH) , 7.59 (t, J = 7.2, IH) ; 13C NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 143.65, 143.15, 133.39, 132.95, 128.65, 127.66, 127.97, 126.75, 125.51 (two εignals) , 121.53, 114.34, 113.10, 111.11; MS (El, m/Z) 331.9 (M+2+) .
Example 76 7-Bromo-8-chloro-5-methylquindolinium Hydrochloride In a large teflon lined εteel bomb fitted with a stir bar waε placed 7-bromo-8-chloroquindoline from Example 75 (0.350 g, 1.06 mmol) and methyl iodide (1.97 mL, 31.7 mmol) . The bomb was flushed with nitrogen, sealed, and heated to 150°C for 24 h. The bomb was cooled, opened and the contentε were tranεferred to a flaεk using chloroform to wash the inside of the bomb. The chloroform suεpenεion was concentrated to a dry orange residue. The orange residue was suspended in chloroform, adsorbed onto Na2C03 and chromatographed over basic alumina using 100% chloroform until starting material could not be detected by TLC. The column was eluted with 2% methanol in chloroformand the violet fractionε were collected. After concentrating to a small volume ("50 mL) the violet solution was acidified with ethereal 1 M HCI to a bright yellow endpoint. The mixture waε cooled below room temperature, filtered and dried under high vacuum at 45°C for εeveral days to yield 0.311 (77%) of the title compound as a bright orange εolid, mp >246°C; lH NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 13.33 (8, IH) , 9.38 (ε, IH) , 9.21 (S, IH) , 8.82 (d, J = 8.8, IH) , 8.60 (d, J = 8.0, IH) , 8.17-8.35 (m, 2H) , 7.98 (t, J = 7.6, 1 H) , 5.02 (ε, 3H) ; ,3C NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 144.42, 137.91, 136.67, 135.73, 133.85, 133.09, 130.27, 130.00, 127.53, 126.76, 126.08, 118.02, 114.48, 114.36, 113.63, 40.46; MS (LSIMS, m/z) 347 (M+2+) .
Example 77 7-Bromo-6-chloroquindoline-ii-carboxylic Acid A 5°C, nitrogen-purged solution of isatin (2.23 g,
15.1 mmol) in 6 N KOH (40 mL, 242 mmol) waε added to a nitrogen-purged flaεk (using an additional 21 mL H20 to aid transfer, final KOH concentration was 4 M) containing 5-bromo-6-chloro-indolyl diacetate (5.00 g, 15.1 mmol). The mixture was mechanically stirred for 11 days at room temperature. Water (100 mL) was added and the solution was heated to 70°C for 20 minutes while oxygen bubbled through the solution. The solution was hot filtered through a bed of celite and the celite bed was rinsed with warm water (70 mL) . The yellow- brown filtrate was combined with an equal volume of ethanol (250 mL) . The mixture was acidified to pH 2 with dilute HCI, cooled below room temperature, and filtered. The filter cake was washed sequentially with water, ethanol, and then dried under high vacuum for two days to afford 1.82 g (32%) of the title compound as a yellow solid; lH NMR (DMSO-cL δ 14.2 (broad s, IH) , 11.77 (s, IH) , 9.07-9.11 (m, IH) , 8.26-8.29 (m, IH) , 7.95 (dd, J = 8.8, J = 1.6, IH) , 7.69-7.75 (m, 3H) ; 13C NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 167.56, 145.19, 144.49, 143.71, 134.00, 132.11, 130.14, 127.77, 127.56, 126.43, 124.96, 123.57, 118.76, 113.24, 112.89, 112.01; MS (El, m/z) 347 (M+2+) .
Example 78 7-Bromo-6-chloroquindoline 7-Bromo-6-chloroquindoline-ll-carboxylic acid from Example 77 (1.75 g, 4.66 mmol) was refluxed at 252°C in diphenyl ether (30 mL) for 4 hourε in an oversize flask. The mixture was cooled, diluted with petroleum ether (30 mL) , and filtered. The filter cake was washed with petroleum ether (100 mL) and dried to yield 1.48 g (96%) of the title compound as a brown solid; Η NMR (DMSO-d^ δ 11.92 (s, IH) , 8.39 (s, IH) , 8.21 (d, J - 8.4, IH) , 8.13 (d, J = 7.6, IH) , 7.90 (d, J = 8.4, IH) , 7.69 (t, J ■ 7.6, IH) , 7.60 (td, J - 7.6, J = 1.6, IH) , 7.52 (d, J = 8.8, IH) ; ,3C NMR (DMSO-cL,) δ 143.88, 143.64, 143.59, 133.31, 132.56, 129.23, 127.82, 127.53, 126.62, 125.62, 119.09, 118.6, 113.96, 112.14, 111.89.
Exam le 7? 2-(N-Bromoacetylamino)benzoic Acid A solution of anthranilic acid (50 g, 364.6 mmol) in anhyd DMF (125 mL) and dioxane (125 mL) in a 1 L Morton flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer and a constant addition funnel was cooled with an ice-bath to 0°C. Freshly distilled bromoacetyl bromide (73.6 g, 31.77 mL, 364.6 mmol) was added dropwise keeping the internal temperature between 0-1.5°C over a 2.5 hour period. After addition of the bromoacetyl bromide was completed, the ice-bath waε removed and stirring at rt was continued for 5 h. The reaction mixture was cooled in an ice-bath and slowly diluted with water (300 mL) . A white precipitate formed, which waε filtered, waεhed εequentially with 5% HBr solution (500 mL) and water (500 mL) , and then dried in a vacuum desiccator. Further drying in a vacuum oven at 60°C afforded 82.61 g (87.8%) of the title compound as a white powder, mp 164.6-167.6βC [lit 165.5-172°C (Hoffman LaRoche US patent 3244698)]; Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 13.7 (bs, IH) , 11.60 (8, IH) , 8.44 (d, J = 8.0, IH) , 8.00 (dd, J = 8.0, J = 1.6, IH) , 7.62 (dt, J = 8.0, J = 1.6, IH) , 7.21 (t, J = 8.0, IH) ; 4.26 (s, 2H) ; ,3C NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 169.20, 165.05, 139.95, 134.08, 131.13, 123.46, 120.02, 117.09, 30.67; MS (El, m/z) 256.9 (M+) , 258.9 (M+2+) .
Example 80 2-[[N-(phenyl)amino]acetamido]benzoic Acid A εolution of 2-(N-Bromoacetylamino)benzoic acid from Example 79 (5.0 g, 19.37 mmol), aniline (4.51 g, 4.41 mL, 48.4 mmol) and anhyd DMF (50 mL) waε heated in an oil bath at 85°C for 4.5 h. The reaction mixture waε cooled and poured into ice-water (500 mL) . A εolution of 5% KOH (100 mL) waε added to dissolve the milky white suspension and the resulting homogenous solution was extracted with CH2C12 (200 mL, 2 x 100 mL) . The combined CH2C12 extract was set aside and the aqueouε layer waε acidified to pH = 3 (pH meter) with 5% HBr. The reεulting precipitate waε waεhed with 5% HBr εolution and water, and then dried in a vacuum oven at 50°C for 2 days, yielding 4.74 g (90.6%) of a white powder, mp 192.4-192.8°C (sealed tube); Η NMR (DMSO- d6) δ 13.41 (bs, IH), 12.01 (s, IH) , 8.72 (d, J = 8.4, IH) , 7.93 (dd, J = 7.6, J = 1.6, IH) , 7.59 (dt, J = 8.8, J = 1.6, IH) , 7.15-7.05 (m, 3H), 6.63-6.45 (m, 4H) ; 3.83 (s, 2H) ; 13C NMR (DMSO-d δ 170.85, 169.01, 148.11, 140.56, 134.13, 131.10, 128.94, 122. 63 , 119. 38 , 117. 10 , 115. 96 , 112 . 40 , 48.93 ; MS (El , m/z) 270. 1 (M+) .
Example 81 11-Quindolone
A suspension of 2-[[N-(phenyl)amino]acetamido] benzoic acid from Example 80 (3.0 g, 11.10 mmol) and polyphosphoric acid (PPA) (100 g) was heated to 130βC with mechanical stirring. The reaction mixture was poured into ice-water (300 mL) and stirred. The pH of the reaction mixture was adjusted to 8 by slowly adding saturated NaHC03 solution. The resulting green precipitate was filtered and washed with water. After drying the solid precipitate in a vacuum oven at 50°C overnight, 5.38 g (> 100%) of a green powder was obtained; »H NMR (DMS0-d6) δ 12.5 (bε, IH) , 11.70 (8r IH) , 8.34 (dd, J - 8.0, J = 0.8, IH) , 8.18 (d, J = 7.6, IH) , 7.72 (d, J = 8.4, IH) , 7.69 (dt, J = 8.4, J = 1.2, IH) , 7.51 (d, J = 8.4, IH) , 7.46 (t, J = 7.6, IH) , 7.28 (dt, J = 8.0, J = 1.2, IH) , 7.19 (dt, J = 7.2, J = 0.8, IH) ; 13C NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 167.33, 139.09, 138.59, 130.58, 128.98, 127.35, 125.15, 123.06, 122.85, 120.80, 120.40, 118.83, 117.80, 115.90, 112.96; MS (El, m/z) 234 (M+) .
Example 82 11-chloroquindolinium Chloride and ll-Chloroquindoline
A suspension of 11-quindolone (4.5 g) from Example 81 and freshly distilled P0C13 (50 mL) was heated to reflux for 2 h. The mixture was cooled and the excess P0C13 was removed in vacuo under a fume hood. The resulting residue was poured into ice-water (100 mL) and the pH of the mixture was adjusted to 8 with saturated NaHC03 solution. Dichloromethane (250 mL) was added, the mixture was stirred and then the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with additional dichloromethane (2 x 250 mL) and the combined dichloromethane layers were sequentially washed with brine (500 mL) and water (500 mL) , and then dried (Na2S04) . Filtration followed by concentration of the filtrate afforded a yellow solid which was recrystallized (at -20°C) from iεopropanol-chloroform (2:1, 200 mL) to afford 1.18 g (50.4%) of 11-chloroquindolinium chloride as a yellow solid, mp 258.4-261.2βC; Η NMR (DMS0-d6) δ 12.5 (s, IH) , 8.73 (d, J = 8.0, IH) , 8.54 (d, J = 8.4, IH) , 8.41 (dd, J = 8.4, J = 1.2, IH) , 8.33 (S, IH), 7.98 (dt, J = 7.6, J = 0.8, IH) , 7.88 (dt, J = 7.6, J = 0.8, IH) , 7.80 (dt, J = 7.2, J = 0.8, IH) , 7.71 (d, J = 8.0, IH) , 7.43 (dt, J = 7.2, J = 0.8, IH) ; ,3C NMR (DMS0-d6; quaternary carbons broadened and indistinguishable) r5 144.99, 136.69, 131.15, 129.70, 127.44, 123.82 (br) , 123.25, 122.98, 121.07, 112.68; MS (El, m/z) 252 (M+) , 254 (M+2+) .
The filtrate was concentrated and adsorbed onto neutral alumina. The adsorbate was poured onto a silica gel column and eluted with hexane-ethyl acetate (2:1) to afford 0.30 g (12.8%) of 11-chloroquindoline as a yellow εolid, mp 220.3-222.3°C [lit 220-224°C (Yamato, M. ; Takeuchi, Y.; Chang, M.- r.; Haεhigaki, K. ; Tsuruo, T. ; Tashiro, T. ; Tsukagoshi, S. Chem . Pharm . Bull . 1990, 38 , 3048)]; Η NMR (DMSO-d δ 11.84 (S, IH) , 8.36 (d, J = 7.6, IH) , 8.33-8.25 (m, 2H) , 7.81-7.60 (m, 4H) , 7.34 (dt, J = 8.0, J = 0.8, IH) ; I3C NMR (DMSO-d δ 146.07, 144.15, 143.84, 130.39, 130.11, 129.29, 126.85, 126.38, 123.63, 122.13, 121.72, 121.19, 120.24, 117.97, 112.04; MS (El, m/z) 252 (M+) , 254 (M+2+) .
The 11-chloroquindolinium εalt waε converted to it free base form, ll-chloroquindoline upon treatment with 5%
K2C03 solution or 5% KOH solution and extraction into chloroform in quantitative yield.
Example 83 ll-Chloro-5-methylquindolinium hydrotrifluoromethane sulfonate A suspension of ll-chloroquindoline (0.54 g, 2.13 mmol) from Example 82 and methyl triflate (699 mg, 482 μL, 4.26 mmol) was stirred at rt for 2 days. The reaction mixture was filtered and the product was washed with diethyl ether and dried, yielding 0.86 g (97.7%) of crude ll-Chloro-5-methylquindolinium hydrotrifluoromethane sulfonate as an orange solid; Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 13.28 (s, 5 IH) , 8.86 (t, J - 9.2, 2H) , 8.68 (J - 8.40, IH) , 8.27 (t, J - 8.4, IH) , 8.11 (t, J = 8.4, IH) , 8.00 (t, J - 8.4, IH) , 7.87 (d, J = 8.0, IH) , 7.57 (t, J = 8.0, IH) , 5.04 (s, 3H) ; ,3C NMR (DMSO-cL δ 145.86, 138.87, 135.82, 134.62, 132.79, 131.85, 128.89, 128.42, 126.67, 124.58, 123.40, 122.09, 118.78,
10 114.56, 113.46, 40.47; MS (+FAB, /z) 267 (M+) , 269 (M*2+) . A suspension of the ll-chloro-5-methylquindolinium hydrotrifluoromethane sulfonate (184 mg, 0.44 mmol) obtained above, anhydrous Na2C03 (5 scoops) and chloroform was sonicated and concentrated to dryness. The adsorbate was
15 loaded onto a basic alumina column and eluted with chloroform to remove the quindoline impurity. Elution with 5% methanol in chloroform afforded 120 mg of ll-chloro-5-methylquindoline as a purple solid. The purple solid was dissolved in chloroform (20 mL) and acidified to a yellow endpoint with a
20 l M solution of HCI in ether. Filtration and washing of the solid with ether afforded, after drying, 123 mg of the pure title compound aε a yellow solid; Η NMR (DMSO-cL,) δ 13.51 (s, IH) , 8.87 (d, J = 9.2, IH) , 8.83 (d, J = 8.8, IH) , 8.66 (dd, J - 8.8, J = 1.2, IH) , 8.29-8.23 (m, IH) , 8.10 (t, J = 8.4,
25 IH) , 7.97 (t, J = 8.0, IH) , 7.89 (d, J = 8.4, IH) , 7.56 (dt, J = 8.0, J = 1.2, IH) , 5.03 (s, 3H) ; ,3C NMR (DMSO-d δ 145.94, 138.79, 135.80, 134.54, 132.78, 131.81, 128.91, 128.40, 126.64, 124.60, 123.38, 122.06, 118.81, 114.48, 113.53, 40.49; MS (+FAB, m/Z) 267 (M+) , 269 (M+2+) .
30
Example 84 2-[[N-(4-Methoxyphenyl)amino]acetamido]benzoic Acid A solution of 2-(N-bromoacetylamino)benzoic acid from Example 79 (8.00 g, 31.0 mmol), para-methoxyaniline S5 (9.55 g, 77.5 mmol) and DMF (80 mL) was heated to 80°C for 8 h. The mixture was cooled, poured over H20 (1 L) and 5% KOH (300 mL) and waεhed with CH2C12 (3 x 300 mL) . The aqueouε layer waε acidified to pH 2 with 2 N HCI, cooled below room temperature, and filtered. The filter cake waε rinεed with cold water (100 mL) and dried under high vacuum at 45βC to yield 7.62 g (85%) of the title compound as a white solid; Η NMR (DMSO-d6) o* 13.5 (broad s, IH) , 12.04 (ε, IH) , 8.73 (dd, J
- 8.4, J = 1.0, IH) , 7.93 (dd, J = 7.8, J = 1.8, IH) , 7.59 (td, J = 8.0, J = 1.8, IH) , 7.13 (td, J = 7.6, J = 1.2, IH) , 6.73 (dt, J = 8.8, J = 2.2, 2H) , 6.54 (dt, J = 9.2, J = 2.4, 2H) , 6.2 (broad 8, IH) , 3.77 (8, 2H) , 3.62 (s, 3H) ; l3C NMR (DMS0-d6) δ 171.18, 168.95, 151.53, 142.2, 140.58, 134.12,
131.12, 122.62, 119.42, 116.03, 114.57, 113.42, 55.20, 49.76; MS (El, m/z) 300 (M+) .
Example 85
2-[[N-(4-Fluorophenyl) mino] cetamido]benzoic Acid A solution of 2-(N-bromoacetylamino)benzoic acid from Example 79 (8.00 g, 31.0 mmol), para-fluoroaniline (7.34 mL, 77.5 mmol) and DMF (80 mL) was heated to 75°C for 8 h. The mixture was cooled, poured over H20 (1 L) and 5% KOH (300 mL) and waεhed with CH2C12 (3 x 300 mL) . The aqueouε layer waε acidified to pH 2 with 2 N HCI, cooled below room temperature and filtered. The filter cake waε rinsed with water (60 mL) and dried under high vacuum at 45°C to yield 7.98 g (89%) of the title compound as an off-white solid; Η NMR (DMSO- d δ 13.45 (broad ε, IH) , 12.00 (s, IH) , 8.72 (d, J = 8, IH) , 7.94 (dd, J - 8, J = 1.2, IH), 7.59 (td, J = 7.2, J ■ 1.6, IH) , 7.13 (td, J = 7.2, J = 0.8, IH) , 6.95 (m, 2H) , 6.58 (m, 2H) , 6.47 (ε, IH) , 3.82 (ε, 2H) ; l3C NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 170.73, 169.04, 154.95 (J = 232.0), 144.78, 140.54, 134.15,
131.13, 122.69, 119.43, 116.00, 115.38 (J - 21.9), 113.22 (J
- 7.6) , 49.31.
Example 86 ll-Chloro-7-fluoroquindoline
A slurried suεpension of 2-[[N-(4- fluorophenyl) amino]acetamido]benzoic acid from Example 85 (7.50 g, 26.0 mmol) in polyphoεphoric acid (330 g) was heated to 130°C for 5.5 h with mechanical stirring. The mixture waε diluted with ice-water (2 L) and placed in an ice-bath where the internal temperature waε kept below 45°c while the mixture waε neutralized to pH 7 with a saturated KOH solution. The cold, precipitated solution was filtered, and the precipitate was washed with water (400 mL) , and dried under high vacuum at 45βC for several days to afford 7.14 g (109%) of crude 7-fluoro-ll-quindolone as a green solid; Η NMR (DMSO- d6) δ 12.47 (s, IH) , 11.81 (ε, IH) , 8.35 (d, J = 8.0, IH) , 7.93 (dd, J = 9.2, J = 2.4, IH) , 7.69 (m, 2H) , 7.52 (dd, J = 8.8, J = 4.4, IH) , 7.35 (td, J = 9.2, J = 2.4, IH) , 7.31-7.28 (m, IH) ; t3C NMR (DMSO- d6) δ 167.69, 156.03 (J = 233.5), 139.09, 135.28, 130.97, 128.60 (J = 4.5), 125.24, 124.43, 122.69,
120.56, 117.78, 116.03 (J = 25.8), 115.53 (J = 10.7), 114.04 (J = 9.1), 105.39 (J = 24.3).
The crude 7-fluoro-ll-quindolone obtained above (7.00 g) waε refluxed in P0C13 (100 mL) for 2.5 h. The mixture waε cooled and slowly poured over ice (IL) . The mixture was neutralized to pH 7 with a cold εlurry of aqueouε KOH while maintaining an internal temperature below 45°C with an external ice-bath. The total aqueous portion (1.4 L) was extracted with chloroform (5 x 500 mL) . The combined organic extracts were washed with water (500 mL) and brine (500 mL) , dried (Na2S04) , filtered and concentrated. The brown crude concentrate was adsorbed onto neutral alumina with acetone. Chromatography of the adsorbent over neutral alumina, eluting with ethyl acetate-hexane (1:5), afforded 2.71 g (39% overall) of the title compound as a yellow solid; Η NMR
(DMSO-d δ 11.87 (s, IH) , 8.27-8.24 (m, 2H) , 8.08 (dd, J = 8.4, J = 2.8, IH) , 7.78-7.71 ( , 2H) , 7.61 (dd, J = 8.8, J - 4.4, IH) , 7.53 (td, J = 9.2, J = 2.8, IH) ; l3C NMR (DMSO-d^ δ 156.94 (J = 236.5), 145.38 (J = 4.6), 143.75, 140.50, 130.98, 129.33, 127.01, 126.65, 123.75, 122.16, 121.68 (J = 9.1), 118.41, 118.14 (J - 25.8), 113.21 (J - 9.1), 107.09 (J - 23.5) .
Example 87 7-Fluoro-ll-iodo-5-methylquindolinium Hydrochloride In a large teflon lined steel bomb fitted with a stir bar was placed ll-chloro-7-fluoroquindoline from Example 86 (1.00 g, 3.69 mmol) and methyl iodide (8.00 L, 129 mmol). The bomb was flushed with nitrogen, sealed, and heated to 150°C for 24 h. The bomb was cooled, opened and the contents were transferred to a flask using chloroform to wash the inside of the bomb. The suspension was concentrated to a dry orange residue. The orange reεidue was suspended in chloroform, adsorbed onto Na2C03 and chro atographed over basic alumina using 100% chloroform until εtarting material could not be detected by TLC. The column waε eluted with 2% methanol in chloroform and the violet fractions were collected. After concentrating to a small volume (120 L) the violet solution waε acidified with ethereal 1 M HCI to a bright yellow endpoint. The mixture waε cooled below room temperature, filtered and dried under high vacuum at 45°C for several days to yield 1.27 g (83%) of the title compound as a bright orange solid, which was contaminated with εome 7-fluoro-ll-chloro-5-methyquindolinium hydrochloride; lH NMR (DMS0-d6) δ 13.41 (s, IH) , 8.89 (d, J= 8.8, IH) , 8.72 (dd, J= 10.0, J= 2.0, IH) , 8.65 (dd, J = 8.4, J= 1.2, IH) , 8.28 (ddd, J = 8.8, J= 7.2, J= 1.2, IH) , 8.10 (t, J= 7.8, IH) , 7.93-7.85 (m, 2H) , 5.01 (8, 3H) ; 13C NMR (DMSO-d δ 157.21 (J= 237.3), 142.33, 138.09 (J= 4.6), 135.90, 133.15, 132.38, 129.76 (C„= chloro) , 128.57, 124.60, 123.51, 123.18 (J= 26.7), 118.84, 114.93 (J= 8.5), 114.30 (J= 10.8), 111.46 (J= 26.7), 40.46; MS (LSIMS, m/Z) 377 (M+iθdθ, 100), 285 (M+chloro, 17).
Example 88 2-[[N-(3-Fluorophenyl)amino]acetamido]benzoic acid A solution of 2-(N-bromoacetylamino) benzoic acid from Example 79 (8.00 g, 31.0 mmol), meta-fluoroaniline (7.45 mL, 77.5 mmol) and DMF (80 mL) was heated to 80°C for 8 h. The mixture was cooled, poured over H20 (1 L) and 5% KOH (300 mL) and washed with CH2C12 (3 x 300 mL) . The aqueous layer was acidified to pH 2 with 2 N HCI, cooled below room temperature, and filtered. The filter cake was rinsed with cold water (100 mL) and dried under high vacuum at 45°C to yield 7.00 g (78%) of the title compound as a grey solid; *H NMR (DMSO-d δ 13.5 (broad s, IH) , 11.94 (ε, IH) , 8.70 (d, J = 8.4, IH) , 7.94 (dd, J - 7.8, J = 1.4, IH) , 7.60 (td, J = 8.0, J = 1.4, IH) , 7.15-7.07 (m, 2H) , 6.83 (broad s, IH) , 6.43-6.35 (m, 3H) , 3.88 (s, 2H) ; ,3C NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 170.29, 169.12, 163.25 (J = 240.3), 150.17 (J = 10.6), 140.52, 134.18, 131.13, 130.43 (J = 10.6), 122.73, 119.40, 115.98, 108.42, 103.09 (J = 21.2), 98.97 (J = 25), 48.48; MS (El,
Figure imgf000093_0001
E ample 89 ll-Chloro-6- luoroquindoline and ll-Chloro-8- luoroquindoline
A εlurried suεpenεion of 2-[[N-(3- fluorophenyl) amino]acetamido]benzoic acid from Example 88 (6.75 g, 23.4 mmol) in polyphosphoric acid (420 g) was heated to 140°C for 5 h with mechanical stirring. The mixture was poured over ice (1 L) and placed in an ice-bath where the internal temperature was kept below 45°C while the mixture was neutralized to pH 7 with a saturated KOH solution (total volume 2 L) . The cold, precipitated solution was filtered, and the precipitate was washed with water (250 mL) and dried under high vacuum at 45°C for εeveral days to afford 7.37 g (125%) of a mixture of 6-fluoro-ll-quindolone and 8- fluoro-11-quindolone as a green solid; MS (FAB, m/z) 253 (MH+) . The crude mixture obtained above (7.29 g) was refluxed in P0C13 (60 mL) for 3 h. The mixture was cooled and slowly poured over ice (IL) . The mixture was neutralized to pH 7 with a cold slurry of aqueous KOH while maintaining an internal temperature below 45°C with an external ice-bath. The total aqueous portion (1.3 L) was extracted with chloroform (5 x 400 mL) . The combined organic extracts were washed with water (600 mL) and brine (600 mL) , dried (Na2S04) , filtered and concentrated. The brown crude concentrate was adsorbed onto neutral alumina with acetone. Chromatography of the adsorbent over neutral alumina, eluting with ethyl acetate-hexane (1:5 gradiated to 1:4) and re-chromatography of mixed fractions in the same manner afforded 0.212 g (4% overall) of 11- chloro-6-fluoroquindoline and 1.39 g (22% overall) of ll-chloro-8-fluoro-quindoline as yellow solids. Characterization of ll-chloro-6-fluoroquindoline: TLC Rf 0.39 (ethyl acetate-hexane (1:2)); Η NMR (DMSO-d δ 12.09 (S, IH) , 8.28-8.25 (m, 2H) , 7.79- 7.71 (m, 2H) , 7.65 (td, J = 8.0, J = 5.6, IH) , 7.44 (d, J = 8.0, IH) , 7.10 (dd, J = 10.4, J = 8.0, IH) ; l3C NMR (DMSO-d6) ό* 157.70 (J = 254.0), 145.86 (J = 8.5), 144.19, 143.68, 131.54 (J = 9.2), 129.81, 129.41, 127.07, 126.71, 123.37, 122.08, 118.15, 109.26 (J = 18.1), 108.20 (J = 3.0), 106.10 (J = 18.3); MS (FAB, m/z) 271 (MH+).
Characterization of ll-chloro-8-fluoro-quindoline: TLC R, 0.47 (ethyl acetate-hexane (1:2)); Η NMR (DMSO-cL δ 11.95 (8, IH) , 8.34 (dd, J = 8.4, J = 5.6, IH) , 8.24 (m, 2H) , 7.74 (ddd, J - 17.6, J = 6.8, J = 1.6, IH) , 7.72 (ddd, J = 17.6, J = 6.8, J = 1.6, IH) , 7.32 (dd, J = 9.6, J - 2.4, IH) , 7.14 (ddd, J = 9.6, J = 8.8, J = 2.4, IH) ; 13C NMR (DMSO-d δ 163.80 (J = 244.9), 145.35 and 145.21 and 145.08 (two carbons) , 144.03, 130.44, 129.19, 127.05, 126.37, 123.51 (J = 10.7), 123.35, 122.17, 118.06, 117.91, 108.41 (J - 24.1), 98.57 (J = 26.9); MS (FAB, m/z) 271 (MH+) . Example 90 ll-Chloro-6-fluoro-5-methylquindolinium Hydrochloride
To a solution of ll-chloro-6-fluoroquindoline from Example 89 (0.110 g, 3.89 mmol) and toluene (5 ml, freshly distilled) stirring under nitrogen was added methyl triflate (0.110 mL, 0.972 mmol). The mixture stirred for 24 h at room temperature and was diluted with diethyl ether (15 mL) and filtered. The orange filter cake was placed under high vacuum for 24 h. The orange residue was suspended in chloroform (400 mL) , 5% KOH (150 L) was added, and the resulting violet organic solution was separated. The violet organic solution was dried (Na2S04) and filtered. The violet filtrate was acidified with ethereal IM HCI to a bright yellow endpoint and adsorbed onto basic alumina. The adsorbent was chromatographed over basic alumina (eluting with chloroform-ethyl acetate gradient from 1:0 to 4:1 until the eluent was free of impurities by TLC then eluting with 2% methanol in chloroform) . The violet fractions were collected and concentrated to a small volume (20 mL) . The violet solution was acidified with ethereal 1 M HCI to a bright yellow endpoint. The mixture was cooled below room temperature and filtered. The filter cake rinsed with diethyl ether (5 mL) and dried under high vacuum at 45°C for several days to yield 0.109 g (98%) of the title compound as a bright orange solid. The title compound is poorly soluble in all common NMR solvents; 'H NMR (DMSO-dή/CDjOD 1:1 v/v) δ 8.64 (d, J - 9.2, IH) , 8.63 (dd, J - 8.0, J = 1.2, IH) , 8.18 (ddd, J = 9.2, J = 6.6, J = 1.2, IH) , 8.00 (ddd, J - 8.4, J - 6.2, J « 1.2, IH) , 7.87 (td, J = 8.4, J = 5.2, IH) , 7.59 (dd, J - 8.4, J - 0.4, IH) , 7.22 (ddd, J ■ 13.6, J = 8.0, J = 0.8, IH) , 4.98 (S, 3H) .
E mpl 9i ll-Chloro-8-fluoro-5-methylquindolinium Hydrochloride To a solution of ll-chloro-8-fluoroquindoline from
Example 89 (1.00 g, 3.69 mmol) in toluene (25 ml, freshly distilled) stirring under nitrogen was added methyl triflate (1.05 mL, 9.24 mmol). The mixture stirred for 24 h at room temperature and was diluted with diethyl ether (60 mL) and filtered. The orange filter cake was placed under high vacuum for 24 h. The orange residue was suspended in chloroform and adsorbed onto neutral alumina and chromatographed over baεic alumina (eluting with chloroform-ethyl acetate gradient from 1:0 to 1:1 until the eluent was free of impurities by TLC then eluting with 3% methanol in chloroform) . The violet fractions were collected and concentrated to a small volume (50 mL) . The violet solution waε acidified with ethereal 1 M HCI to a bright yellow endpoint. The mixture waε cooled below room temperature and filtered. The filter cake rinsed with diethyl ether (10 mL) and dried under high vacuum at 45°C for several days to yield 0.949 g (90%) of the title compound as a bright orange solid. A portion of this material was further purified by HPLC. The title compound is poorly soluble in all common NMR solventε; Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 13.55 (S, IH) , 8.93 (dd, J = 9.0, J ■ 5.2, IH) , 8.87 (d, J = 8.8, IH) , 8.68 (d, J = 8.0, IH) , 8.27 (t, J « 8.0, IH) , 8.11 (t, J = 7.6, IH) , 7.64 (dd, J = 9.0, J = 2.2, IH), 7.47 (J = 9.2, J = 2.2, IH) , 5.00 (S, 3H) ; MS (FAB, m/Z) 285 (M+) .
Example 92 2-[[N-(2-Fluorophenyl)amino]acetamido]benzoic acid
A solution of 2-(N-bromoacetylamino)benzoic acid from Example 79 (8.00 g, 31.0 mmol), ortho-fluoroaniline (7.48 mL, 77.5 mmol) and DMF (80 mL) was heated to 75°C for 8 h. The mixture was cooled, poured over H20 (1 L) and 5% KOH (300 mL) and waεhed with CH2C12 (3 x 300 mL) . The aqueouε layer waε acidified to pH 2 with 2 N HCI, cooled below room temperature and filtered. The filter cake was rinsed with water (60 mL) and dried under high vacuum at 45°C to yield 7.62 g (85%) of the title compound aε an off-white εolid; Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 13.54 (broad s, IH) , 12.01 (s, IH) , 8.72 (d, J - 8.4, IH), 7.93 (dd, J = 8, J = 1.4, IH) , 7.59 (td, J = 7.2, J = 1.6, IH) , 7.13 (t, J - 7.6, IH) , 7.05 (dd, J - 11.6, J = 8.0, IH) , 6.94 (t, J = 7.6, IH) , 6.58 (m, 2H) , 6.37 (broad s, IH) , 3.90 (d, J = 5.6, 2H) ; I3C NMR (DMSO-cL δ 170.30, 169.19, 151.02 (J = 238.1), 140.56, 136.00 (J = 11.3), 134.20, 131.12, 124.77 (J = 3.1), 122.71, 119.35, 116.80 (J = 6.8), 114.52 (J = 18.2), 111.81 (J = 3.1), 48.23.
Example 93 ll-Chloro-9-fluoroquindoline A slurried suspension of 2-[[N-(2- fluorophenyl) amino]acetamido]benzoic acid from Example 92 (7.50 g, 26.0 mmol) in polyphosphoric acid (330 g) was heated to 130°C for 5.5 h with mechanical stirring. The mixture was diluted with ice-water (2 L) and placed in an ice-bath where the internal temperature was kept below 45°C while the mixture was neutralized to pH 7 with a saturated KOH solution. The cold, precipitated solution was filtered, and the precipitate was rinsed with water (400 mL) and dried under high vacuum at 45βC for several days to afford 10.82 g (165%) of crude 9- fluoro-11- quindolone as a brown solid; Η NMR (DMSO- d6) ό* 12.57 (S, IH) , 12.20 (s, IH) , 8.38 (dd, J = 8.0, J = 1.2, IH) , 8.02 (dd, J = 7.6, J = 0.8, IH) , 7.75-7.67 (m, 2H) , 7.35-7.28 (m, 2H) , 7.17 (td, J - 8.0, J = 4.4, IH) ; ,3C NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 167.70, 149.42 (J = 245.7), 139.21, 131.02, 129.18 (J = 3.8), 126.98 (J = 14.4), 125.27, 123.72, 123.02, 120.71, 119.73 (J - 6.0), 119.22 (J = 5.3), 117.85, 116.94 (J = 3.8), 112.96 (J = 16.0) .
The crude 7-fluoro-ll-quindolone obtained above (10.5 g) was refluxed in P0C13 (100 mL) for 2.5 h. The mixture was cooled and slowly poured over ice (IL) . The mixture waε neutralized to pH 7 with a cold εlurry of aqueous KOH while maintaining an internal temperature below 45°C with an external ice-bath. The total aqueous portion (1.4 L) waε extracted with chloroform (5 x 500 mL) . The combined organic extracts were washed with water (500 mL) and brine (500 mL) , dried (NaS04) , filtered and concentrated. The brown crude concentrate product was adsorbed onto neutral alumina with acetone. Chromatography of the adεorbent over neutral alumina, eluting with ethyl acetate-hexane (1:5), afforded 3.70 g (45% overall) of the title compound aε a yellow solid; "H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 12.26 (s, IH) , 8.28 (m, 2H) , 8.18 (d, J = 7.6, IH) , 7.80-7.72 (m, 2H) , 7.55 (dd, J = 11.2, J= 8.4, IH) , 7.31 (td, J = 7.8, J,= 4.4, IH) ; l3C NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 148.76 (J = 244.9), 145.59, 144.13, 131.72 (J = 13.8), 130.51, 130.30, 127.23, 126.66, 125.03 (J = 5.3), 123.90, 122.28, 120.77 (J - 5.3), 119.27, 117.58 (J = 3.1), 115.59 (J = 16.7); MS (LSIMS, m/z) 270 (M+) .
Example 94 9-Fluoro-ll-iodo-5-methylquindolinium Hydrochloride in a large teflon lined steel bomb fitted with a stir bar was placed ll-chloro-9-fluoroquindoline from Example 93 (1.00 g, 3.69 mmol) and methyl iodide (8.00 mL, 129 mmol). The bomb was flushed with nitrogen, sealed, and heated to 150°C for 24 h. The bomb was cooled, opened and the contents were transferred to a flask using chloroform to wash the inεide of the bomb. The suspension was concentrated to a dry orange residue. The orange residue was suspended in chloroform, adsorbed onto Na2C03 and chromatographed over basic alumina using 100% chloroform until starting material could not be detected by TLC. The column was eluted with 2% methanol in chloroformand the violet fractions were collected and concentrated to a small volume (100 mL) . The violet solution was acidified with ethereal 1 M HCI to a bright yellow endpoint, cooled below room temperature, filtered and dried under high vacuum at 45°C for several days to yield 0.844 g (55%) of a mixture of the title compound, contaminated with some ll-fluoro-9- chloro-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride, as a bright orange solid; -H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 13.74 (broad s, IH) , 8.88 (d, J - 8.8, IH) , 8.67 (t, J = 8.0, J = 2.0, 2H) , 8.32-8.26 (m, IH) , 8.10 (t, J = 8.8, J = 7.6, IH) , 7.87 (dd, J = 10.8, J = 8.0, IH) , 7.52 (td, J = 8.0, J = 4.8, IH) , 5.03 (s, 3H) ; ,3C NMR (DMSO- a*) δ 148.68 (J = 248.0), 138.61 (J = 3.8), 136.09, 134.1 (J = 15), 133.35, 132.28, 130.50 (Cπ= chloro) , 128.74, 124.72, 123.76, 122.66 (J = 3.8), 122.39 (J = 5.3), 118.92 (J = 15.3), 118.94, 117.87 (J = 5.3), 95.2 (C„= iodo) , 40.67; MS (LSIMS, /z) 377 (M+iodo, 100) , 285 (M+chloro, 20) .
Examp 95 2-[[N-(4-Phenylphenyl)amino]acetamido]benzoic acid A solution of 2-(N-bromoacetylamino)benzoic acid from Example 79 (8.00 g, 31.0 mmol), para-aminobiphenyl (13.12 g, 77.5 mmol) and DMF (80 mL) was heated to 80°C for 8 h. The mixture was cooled, poured over H20 (1 L) and 5% KOH (300 mL) and washed with CH2C12 (3 x 300 mL) . The aqueous layer was acidified to pH 2 with 2 N HCI, cooled below room temperature and filtered. The filter cake was rinsed with cold water (100 mL) and dried under high vacuum at 45°C. The resulting air-sensitive material was triturated with ethyl acetate (100 mL) , filtered, and rinsed with ethyl acetate (2 x 25 mL) to yield, after drying, 8.18 g (76%) of the title compound as a tan solid; Η NMR (DMSO-d δ 13.4 (broad s, IH) , 12.05 (ε, IH) , 8.75 (d, J = 8.4, IH) , 7.95 (dd, J = 7.4, J = 1.2, IH) , 7.60 (td, J = 7.2, J = 1.2, IH) , 7.54 (d, J = 7.6, 2H) , 7.45 (d, J = 8.8, 2H) , 7.37 (t, J = 7.6, 2H) , 7.22 (t, J = 7.6, IH) , 7.13 (t, J = 7.6, IH) , 6.69 (d, J = 8.4,
2H) , 6.7 (broad ε, IH) , 3.90 (ε, 2H) ; l3C NMR (DMSO-dβ) δ
170.74, 169.12, 147.71, 140.60, 140.36, 134.20, 131.14,
128.87, 128.74, 127.28, 125.96, 125.55, 122.69, 119.40,
115.97, 112.85, 48.87; MS (El, m/z) 328 (M-H20+) .
Example 96 ll-Chloro-7-phenylquindoline A slurried εuspenεion of 2-[[N-(4- phenylphenyl) amino]acetamido]-benzoic acid from Example 95 (8.00 g, 23.1 mmol) in polyphosphoric acid (480 g) was heated to 140°C for 5 h with mechanical stirring. The mixture was partially cooled and poured over ice. The reaction mixture waε placed in an ice-bath where the internal temperature was kept below 45°C while the mixture was neutralized to pH 7 with a saturated KOH solution to a total volume of 2 L. The cold, 5 precipitated solution was filtered, and the precipitate was rinsed with water (250 mL) and dried under high vacuum at 45βC for several days to afford 10.54 g (147%) of crude 7-phenyl-ll-quindolone as a green εolid: MS (FAB, m/z) 311 (MH+) .
10 The crude 7-phenyl-ll-quindolone obtained above
(8.43 g) was refluxed in P0C13 (80 L) for 3 h. The mixture was cooled and slowly poured over ice (IL) . The mixture was neutralized to pH 7 with a cold slurry of aqueous KOH while maintaining an internal temperature below 45°C with an
15 external ice-bath. The total aqueouε portion (1.7 L) waε extracted with chloroform (5 x 600 mL) . The combined organic extracts were washed with water (600 mL) and brine (600 mL) , dried (Na2S04) , filtered and concentrated. The crude concentrate was adsorbed onto neutral alumina with acetone.
20 Chromatography of the adsorbent over neutral alumina, eluting with ethyl acetate-hexane (1:5 gradiated to 1:3), afforded 1.61 g (25% overall) of the title compound as a reddish solid: lH NMR (DMSO-dβ) δ 11.92 (s, IH) , 8.58 (d, J = 1.2, IH) , 8.30-8.27 (m, 2H) , 7.98 (dd, J = 8.4, J = 1.6, IH) ,
25 7.82-7.69 (m, 5H) , 7.50 (t, J = 7.8, 2H) , 7.37 (t, J = 7.2, IH) ; "C NMR (DMSO-d δ 146.50, 144.31, 144.02, 140.81, 133.08, 131.00, 129.87, 129.73, 129.45, 127.38, 127.31, 127.19, 126.89, 124.15, 122.61, 122.30, 119.74, 118.64, 112.93; MS (FAB, m/z) 329 (MH+) .
30
Example 97 ll-Chloro-7-phenyl-5-methylquindolinium Hydrochloride
To a εolution of ll-chloro-7-phenylquindoline from Example 96 (0.250 g, 0.760 mmol) in toluene (10 ml, freεhly
S5 distilled) stirring under nitrogen was added methyl triflate (0.130 mL, 0.114 mmol). The mixture stirred for 2 h at room temperature and was diluted with diethyl ether (40 mL) and filtered. The orange filter cake was placed under high vacuum for 24 h. The orange residue was suspended in chloroform and adsorbed onto neutral alumina. The adsorbent 5 was chromatographed over basic alumina (eluting with chloroform until the eluant was free of impuritieε by TLC, then eluting with 0.2% methanol in chloroform) . The violet fractions were collected and concentrated to a small volume (50 mL) . The violet solution was acidified with ethereal 1 M
10 HCI to a bright yellow endpoint. The mixture waε cooled below room temperature and filtered. The filter cake was dried under high vacuum to yield 0.121 g (42%) of the title compound as a red solid; Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 13.62 (s, IH) , 8.90-8.86 (m, 2H) , 8.60 (d, J - 8.4, IH) , 8.27-8.20 (i, 2H) ,
15 8.06 (t, J = 7.6, IH) , 7.92-7.88 (m, 3H) , 7.55 (t, J = 7.6, 2H), 7.44 (t, J = 7.6, IH) , 5.11 (s, 3H) ; 13C NMR (DMSO- d«) δ 145.21, 139.37, 138.58, 135.80, 134.31, 133.73, 132.84, 132.04, 129.10, 129.00, 128.39, 127.55, 127.28, 126.96, 126.62, 124.55, 123.80, 123.37, 118.82, 114.93, 113.91,
20 40.65; MS (FAB, m/z) 343 (M+) .
Example 98 3-Chloro-2-[N-(phenylamino)acetamido]benzoic acid
A solution of 3-chloro-2-(bromoacetamido) benzoic
25 acid from Example 39 (4.6 g, 15.7 mmol), aniline (3.58 mL, 39.3 mmol) and DMF (45 mL) was heated to 80°C for 8 h. The mixture was cooled, poured over H20 (400 mL) and 5% KOH (125 mL) and washed with CH2C12 (3 x 125 mL) . The aqueous layer was acidified to pH 2 with 2 N HCI, cooled below room
SO temperature and filtered. The filter cake was rinsed with cold water (50 mL) and dried under high vacuum at 45°C to yield 3.19 g (67%) of the title compound as a tan solid; Η NMR (DMSO- dβ) δ 13.1 (broad s, IH) , 9.85 (S, IH) , 7.74 (d, J = 7.6, IH) , 7.71 (d, J = 8.0, IH) , 7.35 (t, J - 7.6, IH) ,
S5 7.10 (t, J - 7.6, 2H) , 6.65-6.58 (m, 3H) , 6.1 (broad S, IH) , 3.82 (s, 2H) ; I3C NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 169.62, 166.77, 148.33, 133 . 87 , 132 . 70 , 131. 53 , 130. 93 , 128 .90 , 128 . 82 , 127 . 21 , 116. 59 , 112 . 57 , 47 . 16 ; MS (LSIMS , m/z) 305 (M+H+ ) .
Example 99 5 4,11-Dichloroquindoline
A slurried suspenεion of 3-chloro-2-[N- (phenylamino)acetamido]benzoic acid from Example 98 (3.10 g, 10.2 mmol) in polyphosphoric acid (180 g) was heated to 140°C for 5 h with mechanical stirring. The mixture was partially
10 cooled and poured over ice-water (400 mL) . The mixture was placed in an ice-bath where the internal temperature was kept below 45°C while the mixture was neutralized to pH 7 with a saturated KOH solution. The cold, precipitated solution waε filtered. The precipitate waε rinsed with water (50 mL) and
15 dried under high vacuum at 45°C for several dayε to afford 2.72 g (99%) of 4-chloro-ll-quindolone as a brown solid; Η NMR (DMSO-dβ) δ 11.88 (ε, IH) , 11.72 (ε, IH) , 8.69 (d, J = 8.4, IH) , 8.37 (dd, J = 8.0, 1.6, IH), 7.87 (J = 7.4, J = 1.4, IH) , 7.53-7.45 (m, 2H) , 7.31 (t, J = 7.8, IH) , 7.20 0 (ddd, J = 8.4, J = 6.8, J - 1.2, IH); 13C NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 166.97, 138.75, 135.60, 131.10, 128.84, 127.62, 124.60, 124.52, 123.26, 122.69, 121.12, 120.78, 118.89, 116.14, 112.41; MS (LSIMS, m/z) 269 (MH+) .
The crude 4-chloro-ll-quindolone obtained above
25 (2.70 g) waε refluxed in P0C13 (35 mL) for 3 h. The mixture was cooled and slowly poured over ice (500 mL) . The mixture was neutralized to pH 7 with a cold slurry of aqueous KOH while maintaining an internal temperature below 45°C with an external ice-bath. The total aqueous portion waε extracted
SO with chloroform (4 x 300 mL) . The combined organic extractε were washed with water (300 mL) and brine (300 mL) , dried (Na2S04) , filtered and concentrated. The crude was adsorbed onto neutral alumina with acetone. Chromatography of the adsorbent over neutral alumina, eluting with ethyl
S5 acetate-hexane (1:5 gradiated to 1:4), afforded 0.186 g (6% overall) of the title compound as a yellow solid; Η NMR (DMSO-cL δ 12.01 (s, IH) , 8.38 (d, J = 8.4, IH) , 8.27 (dd, J = 8.4, J = 1.2, IH) , 7.95 (dd, J = 7.6, J = 1.2, IH) , 7.73-7.64 (m, 3H) , 7.38 (t, J = 7.2, IH) ; l3C NMR (DMSO-cL ό" 146.16, 144.45, 139.52, 132.59, 130.87, 130.46, 127.02, 5 126.15, 124.96, 121.94, 121.75, 121.06, 120.56, 118.50, 112.22; MS (FAB, m/z) 329 (M-l) .
7. EXAMPLE: HYPOGLYCEMIC ACTIVITY OF THE CRYPTOLEPINE ANALOGS Q 7.1 IN VIVO ACTIVITY OF THE CRYPTOLEPINE ANALOGS
Representative cryptolepine analogs were tested in the in vivo mouse model described below.
7.1.1 Protocol for In vivo Experiments 5 Genetically altered obese diabetic mice (designated
C57BL/Ks-dJb/db) were purchased from The Jackson Laboratory (Bar Harbor, ME, USA) , and served as experimental animals. Male animals between the ages of 8-9 weeks were employed in the studies described here. Animals were housed (4 0 mice/cage) under standard laboratory conditions at 22°C and 50% relative humidity, and were maintained on a diet of Purina rodent chow and water ad libitum. Prior to treatment, blood was collected from the tail vein of each animal. Mice that had plasma glucose levels between 350 and 600 mg/dL were 5 used. Each treatment group consisted of eight mice that were distributed so that the mean glucose levels were equivalent in each group at the start of the study. Diabetic C57BL/Ks-dJ/ά*£> mice were dosed orally by gavage once with either vehicle, the experimental compound administered at 100 0 mg (unless otherwise noted) , or metformin [250 mg (1510 μmol)/kg/day] . Compounds were delivered in a liquid vehicle containing 0.25% (w/v) carboxymethylcellulose, 1% (v/v) Tween™ 60, and up to 10% (v/v) dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) in a volume of 10 ml/kg. Blood was sampled from the tail vein - three hours post-dosing, and analyzed for plasma glucose levels. Individual body weights and mean food consumption (each cage) were also measured after 24 h. The cryptolepine compounds tested for hypoglycemic activity were prepared as described above in Section 6.2 above. Metformin (1,1-dimethylbiguanide) was purchased from Sigma Chemical Co. (St. Louis, MO, USA; catalog^ D-5035) . Plasma glucose levels were determined colorimetrically using glucose oxidase (Sigma Chemical Co. ; Sigma catalog# 315) . Significant differences between groups (comparing compound-treated to vehicle-treated) were evaluated using analysiε of variance and Fisher's post-hoc test.
7.1.2 Results
The following test compounds were evaluated in diabetic C57BL/Ks-dJ/dh animals for the ability to lower blood glucose:
2-Fluoro-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride (Compound A) ;
7-Bromo-8-chloro-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride (Compound B) ; 5-Ethylquindolinium hydrochloride (Compound C) ;
5-Butylquindolinium hydrochloride (Compound D) ;
7-Fluoro-ll-iodo-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride (Compound E) ;
9- Fluoro-ll-iodo-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride (Compound F) ;
5-(4'-Fluorobenzyl)quindolinium hydrochloride (Compound G) ;
2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-(phenylamino)quindolinium hydrochloride (Compound H) ; and 2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-(phenoxy)quindolinium hydrochloride (Compound I) .
The test compounds were evaluated in a series of experiments which are summarized in Table 1 below.
Single doses of Compound A, Compound B, Compound C, Compound E, Compound G, Compound H, and Compound I (100 mg/kg) given to diabetic C57B1/KS dh/db mice resulted in statistically significant reductionε in plasma glucose relative to vehicle controls either 3 or 24 h after oral administration. Three hours after dosing, mean glucose levels for the active experimental compounds declined 59-196 mg/dL, depending on the sample, from the baseline values.
By comparison, the known hypoglycemic agent metformin, given at 250 mg/kg, caused a reduction in plasma glucose levels of 136-225 mg/dL.
Table l
Effects of Cryptolepine Analogs on Blood Glucose in Diabetic db/db Mice
Change in Change in
Exp. NO. Treatment Glucose (mg/dL) Glucose (mg/dL)
3h P Value* 24 h P Value*
1 Metformin -154 0.034 -37 NS**
2 Metformin -182 0.0015 8 NS
Compound A -196 0.0007 -159 0.0006
Compound B -152 0.011 -87 0.037
Compound C -107 0.20 -122 0.0213
Compound D -156 0.090 -10 NS
3 Metformin -136 0.02 -55 0.093
Compound E -128 0.028 -51 NS
Compound F 77 NS -128 0.163
4 Metformin -225 <0.0001 -50 0.061
Compound G -161 <0.0001 -43 0.091
5 Metformin -195 <0.0001 38 NS
Compound H -59 0.086 -61 0.017
Compound I -67 0.050 -43 0.045
* Statistical significance evaluated using analysis of variance and Fisher's post-hoc test.
** NS- not significant at p<0.05 level
Body weights and food consumption were adversely affected in animalε treated with Compound A, Compound C, Compound E, Compound F, Compound G, Compound H, and Compound I during the test period (Table 2) .
Although Compound D did not result in substantial reductions in plasma glucose in the 3-24 h time period under the conditions of the in vivo experiment, as will be described below, this compound does result in increased glucose transport in an in vitro, art-recognized system. This in vitro system represents an important mode of action for glucose utilization and disposal in mammals. Additionally, it would be recognized by those skilled in the art that under the conditions in which this compound was evaluated in vivo, i .e . , a single dose, differences in pharmacokinetics, absorption, or pharmacology could explain the reduced activity compared to the "active" compounds.
Table 2
Effects of Cryptolepine Analogs on Body Weights and Food Consumption in Diabetic db/db Mice
Body weight Body weight
Exp. (g/mouse) (g/mouse) Food Intake NO. Treatment (mean) (mean) (g/mouse)
0 h 24 hr 0-24 h
1 Vehicle 45.6 45.7 5.5
Metformin 42.9 42.8 4.7
2 Vehicle 43.0 43.0 4.9
Metformin 44.5 44.7 4.6
Compound A 43.8 41.9 0.5
Compound B 45.7 45.5 2.8
Compound C 44.6 43.3 1.3
Compound D 45.7 45.8 2.6
3 Vehicle 43.9 43.3 3.5
Metformin 43.3 43.1 3.4
Compound E 42.2 41.8 2.7
Compound F 43.4 41.4 0.7
4 Vehicle 40.5 39.9 6.0
Metformin 39.9 39.6 4.8
Compound G 40.2 39.0 3.1
5 Vehicle 45.1 44.9 6.4
Metformin 44.7 44.5 4.8
Compound H 44.8 44.2 3.2
Compound I 46.6 45.2 1.6 7.2 IN VITRO ACTIVITY OF THE CRYPTOLEPINE ANALOGS The following examples illustrate the ability of the cryptolepine analogs described herein to directly stimulate glucose transport in 3T3-L1 adipocytes, an art recognized in vitro system that represents an important mode of action for glucose utilization and disposal in mammals. Metformin, a drug that enhances glucose disposal and one that is currently used to treat NIDDM, exhibits significant stimulatory activity in this model system.
7.2.1 Protocol for In vitro Experiments Cell culture and 2-deoxv-D-αlucose uptake in differentiated 3T3-L1 adioocvtes: Murine 3T3-L1 preadipocytes (American Type Culture Collection CL 173) were maintained in Dulbecco's modified Eagles medium (DMEM) containing 10% (v/v) supplemented calf serum, antibiotics, and 25 mM glucose. Cells were seeded in 24-well cluster plates (10,000 cells/well), grown to confluence (typically 5 days) , and induced to differentiate 2 days post-confluence (day 0) according to the standard protocol of Frost and Lane [Frost, S. and Lane, M. D. J. Biol . Chem . 1985, 260 , 2646-2652]. Following differentiation, adipocytes were maintained in DMEM containing 10% fetal bovine serum, and provided with fresh medium every 2-3 days. Adipocytes employed in this study were used on days 7-10 post-differentiation. On the day of the experiment, adipocytes were washed with phosphate- buffered saline and switched to serum-free DMEM medium. Adipocytes were treated (in triplicate) for 18 hr with a test compound, i .e . , a cryptolepine analog (at 1, 3, 10, and 30 μM final concentrations) or metformin.
The following compounds were tested in the in vitro assay:
2-Fluoro-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride (Compound A) ;
7-Bromo-8-chloro-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride
(Compound B) ; 5-Ethylquindolinium hydrochloride (Compound C) ; 5-Butylquindolinium hydrochloride (Compound D) ; 7-Fluoro-ll-iodo-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride (Compound E) ; 9-Fluoro-ll-iodo-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride
(Compound F) ;
5-(4'-Fluorobenzyl)quindolinium hydrochloride (Compound G) ;
2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-(phenylamino)quindolinium hydrochloride (Compound H) ;
2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-(phenoxy)quindolinium hydrochloride (Compound I) ;
5-Methylquindoline (Compound J) ; 5-Methylquindolinium hydrochloride (Compound K) ; 5-Benzylquindolinium hydrochloride (Compound L) ;
5,10-Dibenzylquindolinium chloride (Compound M) ; 5,10-Dimethyl-ll-(methoxycarbonyl)quindolinium iodide (Compound N) ;
5-Methyl-ll-(methoxycarbonyl)quindolinium hydroiodide (Compound O) ;
6-Methoxy-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride (Compound P) ;
5-methyl-ll-chloroquindolinium hydrochloride (Compound Q) ; 2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-chloroquindolinium hydrochloride (Compound R) ; ll-Chloro-5-methylbenzofuro[3, 2- b]quinoline trifluoromethanesulfonate (Compound S) ;
2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-phenylquindolinium hydrochloride (Compound T) ; ll-Chloro-5-methylbenzothieno[3, 2- b]quinolinium trifluoromethanesulfonate (Compound U) ; ll-(4-Chlorophenylthio)-5-methylbenzofuro[3, 2- b]quinolinium chloride (Compound V) ; 2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-[ (4-chlorophenyl) thio]quindolinium hydrochloride (Compound W) ; ll-Chloro-6-fluoro-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride (Compound X) ;
2-Chloro-5-methyl-ll-chloroquindolinium hydrochloride (Compound Y) ; ll-Chloro-5-methylindeno[l, 2-b]quinolinium trifluoromethanesulfonate (Compound Z) ;
11-[ (4- Chlorophenyl)thio]-5-methylindeno[l,2-b] quinolinium chloride (Compound AA) ; l-Chloro-5-methyl-ll-chloroquindolinium hydrochloride (Compound AB) ; ll-Chloro-8-fluoro-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride (Compound AC) ; ll-Chloro-7-phenyl-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride (Compound AD) ; 5-Methylquindolinium hydroiodide (Compound AE) ; and
4,11-Dichloroquindolinium hydrochloride (Compound AF) .
The compounds were tested at 1, 3, 10 and 30 mM (triplicate incubations) . Concentrated stock solutions of the cryptolepine analogs were freshly prepared in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) and diluted into culture medium. The final concentration of DMSO was 0.2% (v/v) which was also included in basal conditions. Metformin was dissolved directly into culture medium and further diluted into the same medium. Following overnight (18 hr) treatment, the culture medium was aspirated and the onolayers washed with Krebs-Ringer Hepes buffer. To assess the effects of the compounds on glucose transport, 2- deoxy-D-glucoεe uptake (a non-metabolizable analog of glucose) was meaεured in the absence of insulin εtimulation. Glucoεe transport assays were initiated by the addition of 2-deoxy-D-[3H]glucose (0.5 mCi/mL; 100 mM final concentrations) to each well followed by incubation for 10 min at 22βC. Assays were terminated by aspirating the media and rapidly washing the monolayer two times with ice-cold phosphate-buffered saline solution. Cell monolayers were solubilized in 0.1N NaOH, transferred to εcintillation vials, and radioactivity determined by liquid scintillation counting. All data were corrected for non-specific hexose uptake determined in parallel samples treated for 5 minutes with 200 mM cytochalasin B.
7.2.2 Results The ability of the cryptolepine analogs to significantly stimulate glucose transport in 3T3-L1 adipocytes is shown in Table 3. The magnitude of stimulation ranged from approximately 120% of baεal to approximately 780%. Under these experimental conditions, 3 mM metformin (the maximally effective concentration) stimulates glucose tranεport by approximately 350%. As would be recognized by those skilled in the art, these data indicate that the cryptolepine analogε liεted in Table 3 directly stimulate glucose transport in vitro, an effect that is conεistent with the enhancement of glucose disposal and the ability to lower blood glucose in vivo.
Table 3
Stimulatory Effects of Cryptolepine Analogs on 2-deoxv-D-σlucose Uptake in 3T3-L1 Adipocytes
Compound Concentration Stimulatory (mM) Activity (% Basal)
Compound J 30 154
Compound AE 30 287
Compound K 30 175 1
Compound A 30 213
Compound B 3 127
Compound C 30 406
Compound D 3 378
Compound L 10 781
Compound F 10 254
Compound M 3 262
Compound N 30 260
Compound 0 30 371
Compound G 30 278
Compound P 30 518
Compound R 10 177
Compound H 3 325
Compound I 10 146
Compound T 3 281
Compound V 10 142
Compound W 10 154
Compound X 10 385
Compound Y 30 215
Compound Z 30 297
Compound AB 30 352
Compound AF 10 232
Compound AC 10 159
Compound AD 10 146
- Ill - Valueε εhown for εtimulatory activity are expreεsed as a percent of basal glucose transport (typically 50 nmoles 2-deoxyglucose/10 minutes/well) , and represent the maximum stimulation observed along with the corresponding concentration) . All compounds listed above demonstrated significant stimulation of glucose transport (P < 0.05 or better) as judged using a Student's t-test (one-tailed, independent) .
In addition to the compoundε listed in Table 3, the following compounds did not demonstrate statistically significant glucose transport stimulatory activity: Compound E, Compound Q, Compound S, Compound U, and Compound AA.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A compound having the formula III
Figure imgf000115_0001
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
R 2, R 3 and , are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, nitro, S03H, COORl2, OR,3, NHR,3, phenyl, a C,-C,0 alkyl group, a C,-C,0 alkenyl group and a C,-C,0 alkynyl group; said phenyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, and phenyl; said C,-C10 alkyl, C,-C,0alkenyl and C,-Cι0 alkynyl groups being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of C,-C6 alkyl and phenyl;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of C,-C,0 alkyl, 0,-0,0alkenyl or C,-CI0alkynyl groupε, C,-C6 cycloalkyl and phenylmethyl; εaid C,-C,0 alkyl, C,-C10alkenyl and 0,-0,0 alkynyl groupε being optionally substituted with one or more groups consisting of halogen, amino, methylamino, dimethylamino, trimethylamino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, phenoxy, phenyl and C,-C6 alkyl; said C,-C6 cycloalkyl group being optionally subεtituted with one or more groupε selected from the group consiεting of halogen, phenyl, and C,-C6 alkyl; said phenylmethyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, dimethylamino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-c6 alkyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, and phenyl;
Re, R7, R8 and R, are independently εelected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, nitro, S03H, COOR,2, OR,3, NHR,3, SR,3, phenyl, a C,-C,0 alkyl group, a C,-C,0 alkenyl group and a C,-C10 alkynyl group; said phenyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, and phenyl; said C,-C,0 alkyl group, C,-C,0 alkenyl group and a C,-C,0 alkynyl group being optionally εubεtituted with one or more groupε εelected from the group consisting of C,-C6 alkyl and phenyl;
RM is εelected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, azide, cyano, COOR,2, OR,3, NHR,3, SR,3, phenyl, optionally substituted phenyl, a C,-C10 alkyl group, a C,-C,0 alkenyl group or a C,-C,0 alkynyl group; said phenyl being optionally εubstituted with one or more groups selected from the group consiεting of halogen, amino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, or phenyl; εaid C,-CI0 alkyl group, C,-C,0 alkenyl group or a C,-C,0 alkynyl groups being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, mercapto, mercaptomethyl, cyano, NH2, alkylammonium, dialkylammonium, trialkylammonium, C,-C6 alkyl or phenyl; each R,2is selected from the group consiεting of hydrogen and a C,-C6 alkyl group; said C,-C6 alkyl group being optionally substituted with one or more groups εelected from the group conεisting of phenyl and C,-C3 alkyl; each R,3is selected from the group consiεting of hydrogen, phenyl and a C,-C6 alkyl group; εaid C,-C6 alkyl group being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consiεting of phenyl and C,-C3 alkyl; said phenyl being optionally subεtituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, methoxy, ethoxy, hydroxy, amino, and C,-C6 alkyl; and with the proviso that when R^ ,, R6-R and R„ are H, Rj is not CH3 or CH2CH3; and with the further proviso that the compound of Formula III is not selected from the group consisting of:
5-methylquindoline;
7-nitro-5-methylquindoline;
7-amino-5-methylquindoline; ll-amino-5-methylquindoline; and ll-carboxy-5-methylquindoline.
2. A compound having the formula IV
X"
Figure imgf000117_0001
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
R,, R2, R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, nitro, S03H, C00R,2, OR,3, NHR,3, phenyl, a C,-C10 alkyl group, a C,-c,0 alkenyl group and a C,-C,0 alkynyl group; said phenyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, and phenyl; said C,-C10 alkyl, Cj-C10alkenyl and C,-C,0 alkynyl groups being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consiεting of C,-C6 alkyl and phenyl; Rj is selected from the group consiεting of 0,-0,0 alkyl, C,-C10alkenyl or C,-C,0alkynyl groups, C,-C6 cycloalkyl, and phenylmethyl; said C,-C10 alkyl, C,-C,„alkenyl and C,- C,0 alkynyl groups being optionally substituted with one or more groups consisting of halogen, amino, methylamino, dimethylamino, trimethylamino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, phenoxy, phenyl and C,-C6 alkyl; said C,-C6 cycloalkyl group being optionally εubεtituted with one or more groupε εelected from the group consisting of halogen, phenyl, and C,-C6 alkyl; said phenylmethyl being optionally εubstituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, dimethylamino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, and phenyl;
Rj, R7, Rg and R, are independently εelected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, nitro, S03H, COOR12, OR13, NHR13, SR,3, phenyl, optionally substituted phenyl, a C,-C,0 alkyl group, a C,-C,0 alkenyl group and a C,-C,0 alkynyl group; said phenyl being optionally subεtituted with one or more groupε εelected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, and phenyl; said C,-C,0 alkyl group, C,-C,0 alkenyl group and C,-C,0 alkynyl groups being optionally εubεtituted with one or more groupε εelected from the group conεiεting of C,-C6 alkyl and phenyl;
R,0 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, acetyl, C,-C,0 alkyl group, C,-C,0alkenyl group, C,-Cl0 alkynyl group and phenylmethyl; said C,-C,0 alkyl, C,-C,0alkenyl and C,-C,0alkynyl groups being optionally substituted with one or more groups εelected from the group conεisting of halogen, amino, methylamino, dimethylamino, trimethylamino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, phenoxy, phenyl and C,-C6 alkyl; said phenylmethyl being optionally subεtituted with one or more groupε selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, dimethylamino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, and phenyl;
R„ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, azide, cyano, COOR,2, OR,3, NHR,3, SR,3, phenyl, a C,-C10 alkyl group, a C,-C,0 alkenyl group and a C,-C,0 alkynyl group; said phenyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, and phenyl; said C,-C,0 alkyl group, C,-C10 alkenyl group and C,-C,0 alkynyl groups being optionally subεtituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, mercapto, mercaptomethyl, cyano, NH2, alkylammonium, dialkylammonium, trialkylammonium, C,-C6 alkyl and phenyl; Ri∑is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and a C,-C6 alkyl group; said C,-C6 alkyl group being optionally εubεtituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of phenyl and C,-C3 alkyl; each R,3is εelected from the group conεisting of hydrogen, phenyl and a C,-C6 alkyl group; said C,-C6 alkyl group being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of phenyl and C,-C3 alkyl; said phenyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, methoxy, ethoxy, hydroxy, amino, and C,-c6 alkyl;
X" is selected from the group consisting of acetate, iodide, chloride, bromide, fluoride, hydroxide, sulfate, hydrogensulfate, methanesulfonate, trifluoromethanesulfonate, tolueneεulfonate, benzenesulfonate, phosphate, hydrogenphosphate, dihydrogenphosphate, εuccinate, aεcorbate, tartrate, gluconate, benzoate, malate, fumarate, and citrate; with the proviεo that when Rι- », Rβ-Rg and Rπ are H, Rs doeε not equal CH3 or CH2CH3; and with the further proviεo that the compound of
Formula IV iε not selected from the group consiεting of:
5-methylquindolinium chloride; 5-methylquindolinium iodide; 5-methylquindolinium methosulfate; 5-ethylquindolinium chloride; 5-ethylquindolinium iodide; 5-ethylquindolinium methosulfate; 7-nitro-5-methylquindolinium chloride; 7-amino-5-methylquindolinium chloride; ll-amino-5-methylquindolinium iodide; ll-amino-5-methylquindolinium chloride; ll-carboxy-5-methylquindolinium chloride; ll-carboxy-5-methylquindolinium methosulfate; 5-methy1-10-benzyl-ll-benzyloxycarbonylquindolinium iodide;
5,10-dimethyl-ll-chloroquindolinium chloride; and 5,10-dimethyl-ll-[N-[4-(diethylamino)-l-methyl-l- aminobutyl]quindolinium dichloride.
3. The compound of claim 2 wherein R]0 is hydrogen.
4. The compound of claim 3 which exists in a tautomeric form given by formula V, or in an equilibrium mixture thereof according to equation 1:
Figure imgf000120_0001
Eqn 1
where R,, R2, R3, t, Rs, Re, R7, R», R , u and X" are defined as defined above for claim 3.
5. A compound having the Formula VI
X"
Figure imgf000121_0001
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein: R,, R2, R3 and R, are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, nitro, S03H, COOR,2, OR,3, NHR,3, phenyl, a C,-C10 alkyl group, a C,-C,0 alkenyl group and a C,-C]0 alkynyl group; said phenyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, and phenyl; said C,-C10 alkyl, C,-C10alkenyl and C,-Cl0 alkynyl groups being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consiεting of C,-C6 alkyl and phenyl; Rj, R7, R8 and R, are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, nitro, Sθ3H, COOR,2, ORl3 NHR13, SR,3, phenyl, a C,-C,0 alkyl group, a C,-C10 alkenyl group and a C,-C,0 alkynyl group; said phenyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups εelected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, and phenyl; said C,-C,0 alkyl group, C,-C,0 alkenyl group and C,-C,0 alkynyl groups being optionally substituted with one or more groups εelected from the group conεisting of C,-C6 alkyl and phenyl;
R„ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, azide, cyano, COOR,2, OR,3, NHR,3, SR,3, phenyl, optionally substituted phenyl, a C,-C10 alkyl group, a C,-C,0 alkenyl group and a C,-C,0 alkynyl group; said phenyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups εelected from the group conεisting of halogen, amino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, and phenyl; εaid C,-Cl0 alkyl group, C,-CI0 alkenyl group and a C,-C10 alkynyl groups being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, mercapto, mercaptomethyl, cyano, NH2, alkylammonium, dialkylammonium, trialkylammonium, C,-C6 alkyl and phenyl;
R,2iε εelected from the group consisting of hydrogen and a C,-C6 alkyl group; said C,-C6 alkyl group being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of phenyl and C,-C3 alkyl; R,3is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, phenyl and a C,-C6 alkyl group; said C,-C6 alkyl group being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consiεting of phenyl and C,-C3 alkyl; εaid phenyl being optionally εubstituted with one or more groups selected from the group consiεting of halogen, methoxy, ethoxy, hydroxy, amino, and C,-C6 alkyl;
X" is selected from the group consisting of acetate, iodide, chloride, bromide, fluoride, hydroxide, εulfate, hydrogenεulfate, methanesulfonate, trifluoromethanesulfonate, toluenesulfonate, benzeneεulfonate, phosphate, hydrogenphoεphate, dihydrogenphosphate, succinate, ascorbate, tartrate, gluconate, benzoate, malate, fumarate, and citrate;
R^ is selected from the group consisting of oxygen,
C,-C,0 alkyl, C,-CI0alkenyl or C,-C10alkynyl groups, C,-C6 cycloalkyl, and phenylmethyl; said Cj-C,0 alkyl, C,-C,0alkenyl and C,-C,oalkynyl groups being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consiεting of halogen, amino, methylamino, dimethylamino, trimethylamino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, phenoxy, phenyl and C,-C6 alkyl; said C,-C6 cycloalkyl group being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, phenyl, and C,-C6 alkyl; said phenylmethyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups εelected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, dimethylamino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, and phenyl;
A is selected from the group consisting of O, S, CH2, SO, or S02; and with the proviso that when R,^, R-R, and R„ are H, u is not oxygen.
6. A method of synthesizing cryptolepine analogs, comprising the step of alkylating a compound Formula VII:
Figure imgf000123_0001
wherein:
R,, Rj, R3 and R are independently selected from the group conεisting of hydrogen, halogen, nitro, S03H, COORl2, OR,3, NHR,3, phenyl, a C,-C,0 alkyl group, a C,-C,0 alkenyl group and a C,-C,0 alkynyl group; εaid phenyl being optionally εubstituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, and phenyl; said C,-C10 alkyl, C,-C10alkenyl and C,-C,0 alkynyl groups being optionally εubεtituted with one or more groupε selected from the group consiεting of C,-C6 alkyl and phenyl;
R«, R7, Ri and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, nitro, S03H, COOR12, OR,3, NHR,3, SR,3, phenyl, a C,-C,0 alkyl group, a C,-C,0 alkenyl group and a C,-C,0 alkynyl group; said phenyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consiεting of halogen, amino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, and phenyl; εaid C,-C,0 alkyl group, C,-C10 alkenyl group and C,-C,0 alkynyl groupε being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consiεting of C,-C6 alkyl and phenyl;
R„ is εelected from the group conεisting of hydrogen, halogen, azide, cyano, COOR,2, OR,3, NHR13, SR,3, phenyl, a C,-C,0 alkyl group, a C,-C10 alkenyl group and a C,-C,0 alkynyl group; said phenyl being optionally subεtituted with one or more groupε εelected from the group conεisting of halogen, amino, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, and phenyl; said C,-C10 alkyl group, C,-C,0 alkenyl group and C,-C,0 alkynyl groups being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, mercapto, mercaptomethy1, cyano, NH2, alkylammonium, dialkylammonium, trialkylammonium, C,-C6 alkyl and phenyl;
R,2is εelected from the group conεisting of hydrogen and a C,-C6 alkyl group; said C,-C6 alkyl group being optionally subεtituted with one or more groupε εelected from the group conεiεting of phenyl and C,-C3 alkyl;
R,3is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, phenyl and a C,-C6 alkyl group; said C,-C6 alkyl group being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consiεting of phenyl and C,-C3 alkyl; said phenyl being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, methoxy, ethoxy, hydroxy, amino, and C,-C6 alkyl;
B is selected from the group consisting of O, S, CH2, SO, or S02, or NR10; and
R10 is selected from the group consisting of methyl and hydrogen; with methyl trifluoromethanesulfonate to afford a cryptolepine analog having hypoglycemic activity.
7. The compound of claim 1 selected from the group consisting of:
5-Butylquindoline;
5-Benzylquindoline; 5,10-Dibenzylquindoline;
5-Methyl-ll-(methoxycarbonyl)quindoline;
5-(4'-Fluorobenzyl)quindoline;
2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-chloroquindoline;
2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-chloroquindoline; 2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-(phenoxy)quindoline;
2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-(phenylamino)quindoline;
2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-phenylquindolinium chloride;
2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-[ (4- chlorophenyl) thio]quindoline; 6-Methoxy-5-methylquindoline;
2-Chloro-5-methyl-ll-chloroquindoline; l-Chloro-5-methyl-ll-chloroquindoline;
2-Fluoro-5-methylquindoline;
7-Bromo-8-chloro-5-methylquindoline; 7-Bromo-6-chloro-5-methylquindoline;
7-Fluoro-ll-iodo-5-methylquindoline;
7-Fluoro-ll-chloroquindoline; ll-Chloro-6-fluoro-5-methylquindoline; ll-Chloro-8-fluoro-5-methylquindoline; ll-Chloro-9-fluoro-5-methylquindoline;
9-Fluoro-ll-iodo-5-methylquindoline;
9-Fluoro-ll-chloroquindoline; ll-Chloro-7-pheny1-5-methylquindoline; 4,ll-Dichloro-5-methylquindoline; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
8. The compound of claim 2 selected from the group consisting of:
5-Butylquindolinium hydrochloride; 5-Butylquindolinium hydroiodide; 5-Benzylquindolinium hydrobromide; 5-Benzylquindolinium hydrochloride;
5,10-Dibenzylquindolinium chloride; 5,10-Dibenzylquindolinium bromide; 5,10-Dimethyl-ll-(methoxycarbonyl)quindolinium iodide; 5-Methyl-ll-(methoxycarbonyl)quindolinium hydroiodide;
5-Methyl-ll-(methoxycarbonyl)quindolinium hydrotrifluoromethanesulfonate;
5-(4'-Fluorobenzyl)quindolinium hydrobromide; 5-(4'-Fluorobenzyl)quindolinium hydrochloride;
2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-chloroquindolinium hydrotrifluoromethanesulfonate;
2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-chloroquindolinium hydrochloride; 2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-(phenoxy)quindolinium hydrochloride;
2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-(phenylamino)quindolinium hydrochloride;
2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-phenylquindolinium hydrochloride;
2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-[ (4- chlorophenyl)thio] quindolinium hydrochloride;
6-Methoxy-5-methy1-10-acetylquindolinium iodide; 6-Methoxy-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride; 2-Chloro-5-methyl-ll-chloroquindolinium hydrotrifluoromethanesulfonate; 2-Chloro-5-methyl-ll-chloroquindolinium hydrochloride; l-Chloro-5-methyl-ll-chloroquindolinium hydrotrifluoromethanesu1fonate; l-Chloro-5-methyl-ll-chloroquindolinium hydrochloride;
2-Fluoro-5-methylquindolinium hydroiodide;
2-Fluoro-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride;
7-Bromo-8-chloro-5-methylquindolinium hydroiodide; 7-Bromo-8-chloro-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride;
7-Fluoro-ll-iodo-5-methylquindolinium hydroiodide;
7-Fluoro-ll-iodo-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride; 7-Fluoro-ll-chloro-5-methylquindolinium; hydroiodide;
7-Fluoro-ll-iodo-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride; ll-Chloro-6-fluoro-5-methylquindolinium hydrotrifluoromethanesulfonate; ll-Chloro-6-fluoro-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride; ll-Chloro-8-fluoro-5-methylquindolinium hydrotrifluoromethanesu1fonate; ll-Chloro-8-fluoro-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride;
9-Fluoro-ll-iodo-5-methylquindolinium hydroiodide;
9-Fluoro-ll-iodo-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride; 9-Fluoro-ll-chloro-5-methylquindolinium hydroiodide;
9-Fluoro-ll-chloro-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride; ll-Chloro-7-phenyl-5-methylquindolinium hydrotrifluoromethanesulfonate; ll-Chloro-7-phenyl-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride; 4,ll-Dichloro-5-methylquindolinium hydrotrifluoromethanesulfonate; and
4,ll-Dichloro-5-methylquindolinium chloride.
9. The compound of claim 4 selected from the group consisting of:
5-Butylquindolinium hydrochloride; 5-Butylquindolinium hydroiodide; 5-Benzylquindolinium hydrobromide; 5-Benzylquindolinium hydrochloride;
5,10-Dibenzylquindolinium chloride; 5,10-Dibenzylquindolinium bromide 5,10-Dimethyl-ll-(methoxycarbonyl)quindolinium iodide; 5-Methyl-ll-(methoxycarbonyl)quindolinium hydroiodide;
5-Methyl-ll-(methoxycarbonyl)quindolinium hydrotrifluoromethanesulfonate;
5-(4'-Fluorobenzyl)quindolinium hydrobromide; 5-(4'-Fluorobenzyl)quindolinium hydrochloride;
2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-chloroquindolinium hydrotrifluoromethanesulfonate;
2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-chloroquindolinium hydrochloride; 2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-(phenoxy)quindolinium hydrochloride;
2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-(phenylamino)quindolinium hydrochloride;
2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-phenylquindolinium hydrochloride;
2-Fluoro-5-methyl-ll-[ (4- chlorophenyl)thio] quindolinium hydrochloride;
6-Methoxy-5-methyl-10-acetylquindolinium iodide; 6-Methoxy-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride; 2-Chloro-5-methyl-ll-chloroquindolinium hydrotrifluoromethanesulfonate; 2-Chloro-5-methyl-ll-chloroquindolinium hydrochloride; l-Chloro-5-methyl-ll-chloroquindolinium hydrotrifluoromethanesulfonate; l-Chloro-5-methyl-ll-chloroquindolinium hydrochloride;
2-Fluoro-5-methylquindolinium hydroiodide;
2-Fluoro-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride;
7-Bromo-8-chloro-5-methylquindolinium hydroiodide; 7-Bromo-8-chloro-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride;
7-Fluoro-ll-iodo-5-methylquindolinium hydroiodide;
7-Fluoro-ll-iodo-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride; 7-Fluoro-ll-chloro-5-methylquindolinium hydroiodide;
7-Fluoro-ll-chloro-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride; ll-Chloro-6-fluoro-5-methylquindolinium hydrotrifluoromethanesulfonate; ll-Chloro-6-fluoro-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride; ll-Chloro-8-fluoro-5-methylquindolinium hydrotrifluoromethanesulfonate; ll-Chloro-8-fluoro-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride;
9-Fluoro-ll-iodo-5-methylquindolinium hydroiodide;
9-Fluoro-ll-iodo-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride; 9-Fluoro-ll-chloro-5-methylquindolinium hydroiodide;
9-Fluoro-ll-chloro-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride; ll-Chloro-7-phenyl-5-methylquindolinium hydrotrifluoromethanesulfonate; ll-Chloro-7-phenyl-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride; 4,ll-Dichloro-5-methylquindolinium hydrotrifluoromethanesulfonate; and
4,ll-Dichloro-5-methylquindolinium hydrochloride.
10. The compound of claim 5 selected from the group consisting of: ll-Chloro-5-methylbenzofuro[3, 2-b]quinoline trifluoromethanesulfonate; ll-Chloro-5-methylbenzothieno[3, 2-b] uinolinium trifluoromethanesulfonate; ll-Chlorobenzothieno[3, 2-b]quinoline-S, S-dioxide-5-oxide; ll-Chloro-5-methylindeno[1, 2-b]quinolinium trifluoromethanesulfonate; ll-[ (4-Chlorophenyl)thio]-5-methylbenzofuro[3, 2- b]quinolinium chloride;
11-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]-5-methylindeno[l, 2- b]quinolinium chloride; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
11. A method for reducing the blood glucose of a mammal, comprising administering to said mammal a hypoglycemically effective amount of a composition comprising a compound of claim 1.
12. A method for reducing the blood glucose of a mammal, comprising administering to said mammal a hypoglycemically effective amount of a composition comprising a compound of claim 2.
13. A method for reducing the blood glucose of a mammal, comprising administering to said mammal a hypoglycemically effective amount of a composition comprising a compound of claim 3.
14. A method for reducing the blood glucose of a mammal, comprising administering to said mammal a hypoglycemically effective amount of a compoεition compriεing a compound of claim 4.
15. A method for reducing the blood glucose of a mammal, comprising administering to said mammal a hypoglycemically effective amount of a composition comprising a compound of claim 5.
16. A method for reducing the blood glucoεe of a mammal, compriεing administering to said mammal a hypoglycemically effective amount of a composition compriεing a compound of claim 7.
17. A method for reducing the blood glucose of a mammal, comprising administering to said mammal a hypoglycemically effective amount of a composition comprising a compound of claim 8.
18. A method for reducing the blood glucoεe of a mammal, compriεing administering to said mammal a hypoglycemically effective amount of a composition comprising a compound of claim 9.
19. A pharmaceutical compoεition uεeful for the treatment of diabeteε mellitus when administered to warm-blooded animals, comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of claim 1.
20. A pharmaceutical composition uεeful for the treatment of diabetes mellitus when administered to warm-blooded animals, comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of claim 2.
21. A pharmaceutical composition uεeful for the treatment of diabeteε mellitus when administered to warm-blooded animalε, comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of claim 3.
22. A pharmaceutical compoεition useful for the treatment of diabetes mellitus when administered to warm-blooded animals, comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of claim 4.
23. A pharmaceutical compoεition uεeful for the treatment of diabeteε mellitus when administered to warm-blooded animals, comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of claim 5.
24. A pharmaceutical composition useful for the treatment of diabeteε mellitus when administered to warm-blooded animalε, compriεing a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of claim 7.
25. A pharmaceutical compoεition uεeful for the treatment of diabeteε mellitus when administered to warm-blooded animals, comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of claim 8.
26. A pharmaceutical composition uεeful for the treatment of diabeteε mellitus when administered to warm-blooded animals, comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of claim 9.
PCT/US1995/012504 1994-09-28 1995-09-27 Cryptolepine analogs with hypoglycemic activity WO1996010015A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU37318/95A AU3731895A (en) 1994-09-28 1995-09-27 Cryptolepine analogs with hypoglycemic activity

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US314,188 1994-09-28
US08/314,188 US5917052A (en) 1994-09-28 1994-09-28 Hypoglycemic agent from cryptolepis
US08/484,424 US5681958A (en) 1995-06-07 1995-06-07 Cryptolepine analogs with hypoglycemic activity
US484,424 1995-06-07

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO1996010015A1 true WO1996010015A1 (en) 1996-04-04

Family

ID=26979245

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US1995/012504 WO1996010015A1 (en) 1994-09-28 1995-09-27 Cryptolepine analogs with hypoglycemic activity

Country Status (2)

Country Link
AU (1) AU3731895A (en)
WO (1) WO1996010015A1 (en)

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5964377A (en) * 1997-10-14 1999-10-12 S. C. Johnson & Son, Inc. Manually operable pump for mixing and dispensing primary and secondary fluids
US7354927B2 (en) 2004-09-07 2008-04-08 Wyeth 6H-[1]benzopyrano[4,3-b]quinolines and their use as estrogenic agents
KR101460737B1 (en) 2012-02-17 2014-11-17 고려대학교 산학협력단 Screening method using MG53-UBE2H interaction for the treatment of type 2 diabetes
WO2020160174A1 (en) * 2019-01-29 2020-08-06 Universita Degli Studi Di Padova Uses of compounds having anti-hsv-1 activity
CN114762503A (en) * 2021-01-15 2022-07-19 南开大学 Application of ethanol extract of caulis et folium wilsonii and dictamnine in pesticide
CN115894330A (en) * 2022-09-06 2023-04-04 吉林医药学院 Synthesis method and application of 1-acetyl-1H-indol-3-yl acetate derivative

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
JOURNAL OF ETHNOPHARMACOLOGY, Volume 44, issued 1994, A. PAULO et al., "In vitro Antibacterial Screening of Cryptolepis Sanguinolenta Alkaloids", pages 127-130. *
PLANTA MED., Volume 58, issued 1992, H.W. RAUWALD et al., "Cryptolepis Sanguinolenta: Antimuscarinic Properties of Cryptolepine and the Alkaloid Fraction at M1, M2 and M3 Receptors", pages 486-488. *

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5964377A (en) * 1997-10-14 1999-10-12 S. C. Johnson & Son, Inc. Manually operable pump for mixing and dispensing primary and secondary fluids
US7354927B2 (en) 2004-09-07 2008-04-08 Wyeth 6H-[1]benzopyrano[4,3-b]quinolines and their use as estrogenic agents
KR101460737B1 (en) 2012-02-17 2014-11-17 고려대학교 산학협력단 Screening method using MG53-UBE2H interaction for the treatment of type 2 diabetes
WO2020160174A1 (en) * 2019-01-29 2020-08-06 Universita Degli Studi Di Padova Uses of compounds having anti-hsv-1 activity
CN114762503A (en) * 2021-01-15 2022-07-19 南开大学 Application of ethanol extract of caulis et folium wilsonii and dictamnine in pesticide
CN114762503B (en) * 2021-01-15 2023-04-28 南开大学 Application of sargentgloryvine stem ethanol extract and sinomenine in pesticides
CN115894330A (en) * 2022-09-06 2023-04-04 吉林医药学院 Synthesis method and application of 1-acetyl-1H-indol-3-yl acetate derivative

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU3731895A (en) 1996-04-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP2586780B1 (en) 2-aryl imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-acetamide derivatives, preparation methods and use thereof
KR20210102328A (en) THRβ receptor agonist compounds and methods for their preparation and uses
JP4555476B2 (en) Condensed azepinone-type cyclin-dependent kinase inhibitor
CZ292311B6 (en) Pyridazine derivatives, process of their preparation and pharmaceutical preparations in which the derivatives are comprised
JP2009502780A (en) Pyridinequinoline substituted pyrrolo [1,2-B] pyrazole monohydrate as a TGF-beta inhibitor
EP3480199A1 (en) Imidazopyridinamine phenyl derivative and use thereof
US5281620A (en) Compounds having antitumor and antibacterial properties
EA026729B1 (en) Substituted tetrahydrocarbazole and carbazole carboxamide compounds
US5837705A (en) Alpha-substituted pyridazino quinoline compounds
WO2013013614A1 (en) 4-(3-heteroarylarylamino)quinazoline and 1-(3-heteroarylarylamino)isoquinoline as hedgehog pathway inhibitor and use thereof
TW200916458A (en) Heterocyclic compounds and methods of use thereof
JPH0347179A (en) N-heteroaryl-4-quinolinamine and its production
WO2004043959A1 (en) Novel parp inhibitors
EP1937686A1 (en) New anti-malaria derivatives of 4-aminoquinoline
JP2002502403A (en) Benzonaphthyridine
JPH02279672A (en) 2-alkyl-4-arylmethylaminoquinoline
WO1996010015A1 (en) Cryptolepine analogs with hypoglycemic activity
US5681958A (en) Cryptolepine analogs with hypoglycemic activity
Cain et al. Potential antitumor agents. 19. Multiply substituted 4'-(9-acridinylamino) methanesulfonanilides
KR900003650B1 (en) (1h-tetrazol-5-yl) -2 (1h) - quinolinones and process for preparation thereof
FI95374B (en) Process for the preparation of therapeutically useful 3-phenyl-5,6-dihydrobenz / C / acridine-7-carboxylic acid derivatives
WO2024008129A1 (en) Compound as kat6 inhibitor
CA2358586A1 (en) Tetrahydroindazole derivatives as ligands for gaba-a alpha 5 receptors
JPS63500518A (en) Polycyclic quinoline, naphthyridine and pyrazinopyridine derivatives
CZ20023408A3 (en) Inhibitor of type 1 sodium-hydrogen exchangers

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AM AU BB BG BR BY CA CN CZ EE FI GE HU IS JP KG KP KR KZ LK LR LT LV MD MG MK MN MX NO NZ PL RO RU SG SI SK TJ TM TT UA UZ VN

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): KE MW SD SZ UG AT BE CH DE DK ES FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN ML MR NE SN TD TG

DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase